Latest / Timeless Drama - Full Books / Stories of Don Quixote - James Baldwin

Transcript

Stories of Don Quixote - James Baldwin · Timeless Drama - Full Books

• 0:00
  Speaker 1: Getting ready for adventures. Many years ago, there lived in
• 0:06
  Speaker 1: Spain a very old fashioned gentleman whom you would have
• 0:09
  Speaker 1: been glad to know. This gentleman had so many odd
• 0:13
  Speaker 1: ways and did so many strange things that he not
• 0:16
  Speaker 1: only amused his neighbors and distressed his friends, remade himself
• 0:20
  Speaker 1: famous throughout the world. What his real name was, No
• 0:25
  Speaker 1: one outside of his village seemed to know. Some said
• 0:28
  Speaker 1: it was this, some said it was that. But his
• 0:30
  Speaker 1: neighbors called him the good mister Kihana, and no doubt
• 0:35
  Speaker 1: this was correct. He was gentle and kind and very brave,
• 0:39
  Speaker 1: and all who knew him loved him. He had neither
• 0:42
  Speaker 1: wife nor child. He lived with his niece in his
• 0:46
  Speaker 1: own farmhouse, close by a quiet little village in the
• 0:49
  Speaker 1: province of La Mancha. His niece was not yet twenty
• 0:53
  Speaker 1: years of age, so the house was kept and managed
• 0:56
  Speaker 1: by an old servant woman who was more wrinkled than wise,
• 0:59
  Speaker 1: and more talkative and handsome. A poor man who lived
• 1:05
  Speaker 1: in the cottage near by was employed to do the
• 1:07
  Speaker 1: work on the farm, and he did so well that
• 1:10
  Speaker 1: the master had much leisure time and was troubled but
• 1:13
  Speaker 1: little with the cares of busyness. Mister Kihan was rather
• 1:17
  Speaker 1: odd in his appearance and dress, as all old fashioned
• 1:20
  Speaker 1: gentlemen are.
• 1:20
  Speaker 2: Apt to be.
• 1:22
  Speaker 1: He was more than fifty years of age, and quite
• 1:24
  Speaker 1: tall and slender. His face was thin, his nose was long,
• 1:28
  Speaker 1: his hair was turning gray. He dressed very plainly. On
• 1:35
  Speaker 1: weak days, he wore a coarse blouse and blue trousers
• 1:38
  Speaker 1: of homespun stuff. On Sundays, however, he put on a
• 1:42
  Speaker 1: plush coat and short velvet breeches and soft slippers with
• 1:45
  Speaker 1: silver buckles. In the hallway of his old fashioned house,
• 1:48
  Speaker 1: a short rusty sword was always hanging and leaning against
• 1:53
  Speaker 1: the wall, where a rusty lance and the big raw
• 1:55
  Speaker 1: hide shield. These weapons had belonged to his great grandfather,
• 1:59
  Speaker 1: long ago, when men knew but little about guns and gunpowder.
• 2:04
  Speaker 1: On the kitchen doorstep, an old greyhound was always lying.
• 2:08
  Speaker 1: This dog was very lean and slender, and his hunting
• 2:11
  Speaker 1: days had long been passed, But all old fashioned gentlemen
• 2:14
  Speaker 1: kept greyhound in those days. In the barn there was
• 2:19
  Speaker 1: a horse as old and as lean as the greyhound.
• 2:23
  Speaker 1: But if this horse, I will tell you much more
• 2:25
  Speaker 1: in the course of my story. Like many other gentlemen,
• 2:29
  Speaker 1: mister Keihana did not work much. He spent almost all
• 2:32
  Speaker 1: his time in wreathing, reathing reading. He was seldom seen
• 2:41
  Speaker 1: with how the book in his hand. When the weather
• 2:43
  Speaker 1: was fine, he would sit in his little library, or
• 2:46
  Speaker 1: under the apple trees in his garden and read all day.
• 2:50
  Speaker 1: He often forgot to come to his meals. He was
• 2:53
  Speaker 1: so wrapped up in his books that he forgot his horse,
• 2:56
  Speaker 1: his dog, and even his niece. He forgot his friends,
• 3:00
  Speaker 1: he forgot himself. Sometimes he sat up and read all night.
• 3:07
  Speaker 1: Now what kind of books do you suppose he read?
• 3:10
  Speaker 1: He read no histories, nor books of travel. He cared
• 3:14
  Speaker 1: nothing for poetry or philosophy. His whole mind was given
• 3:18
  Speaker 1: to stories, stories of knights and their daring deeds. He
• 3:23
  Speaker 1: read so many of these stories that he could not
• 3:26
  Speaker 1: think of anything else. His head was full of knights
• 3:30
  Speaker 1: and knightly deeds, of magic and witchcraft, of tournaments and battlefields.
• 3:36
  Speaker 1: If he had read less, he would have been wiser.
• 3:38
  Speaker 1: For much reading does not always improve the mind. At length,
• 3:43
  Speaker 1: this old fashioned gentleman said to himself, why should I
• 3:46
  Speaker 1: always be a plain farmer and sit here at home?
• 3:50
  Speaker 1: Why may I not become a famous knight. The more
• 3:55
  Speaker 1: he thought about this matter, the more he wished to
• 3:58
  Speaker 1: be a hero like those of whom he had read
• 4:00
  Speaker 1: in his books. Yes, I will be a knight, he
• 4:04
  Speaker 1: said to himself. My mind is fully made up. I
• 4:07
  Speaker 1: will arm myself in a coat of mail. I will
• 4:10
  Speaker 1: mount my noble steed. I will ride out into the
• 4:13
  Speaker 1: world and seek adventures. No danger shall affright me. With
• 4:19
  Speaker 1: my strong arm. I will go forth to protect the
• 4:21
  Speaker 1: weak and to be friend friendless. Yes, I will be
• 4:25
  Speaker 1: a knight, and I will fight against err wherever I
• 4:29
  Speaker 1: find it. So he began at once to get ready
• 4:33
  Speaker 1: for his great understaking. The first thing to be done
• 4:36
  Speaker 1: was to find some suitable armor for what knight ever
• 4:40
  Speaker 1: rode out into the world without being encased in steel.
• 4:45
  Speaker 1: In the garret of his house there was an old
• 4:47
  Speaker 1: coat of mail. It then lain there among the dust
• 4:50
  Speaker 1: and cobwebs for a hundred years and more. It was
• 4:54
  Speaker 1: rusted and battered, and some of the parts were missing.
• 4:57
  Speaker 1: It was a poor piece of work at the very best,
• 5:02
  Speaker 1: but he cleaned it as well as he could, and
• 5:04
  Speaker 1: polished it with great care. He cut some pieces of
• 5:07
  Speaker 1: pasteboard to supply the missing parts, and painted them to
• 5:10
  Speaker 1: look like steel when they were properly fitted, they answered
• 5:14
  Speaker 1: very well, especially when no fighting was to be done
• 5:18
  Speaker 1: with the coat of mail. There was an old brass helmet.
• 5:21
  Speaker 1: It too was broken, and the straps for holding it
• 5:24
  Speaker 1: on were lost. But mister Keihana patched it up and
• 5:27
  Speaker 1: found some green ribbons which served instead of straps. As
• 5:31
  Speaker 1: he held it up and looked at it from every side,
• 5:33
  Speaker 1: he felt very proud to think that his head would
• 5:35
  Speaker 1: be adorned with so rare a piece of workmanship.
• 5:39
  Speaker 2: And now a.
• 5:40
  Speaker 1: Steed must be provided for every night. Must needs have
• 5:44
  Speaker 1: a noble horse. The poor old creature in the barn
• 5:49
  Speaker 1: was gaunt and thin and very bony, but he was
• 5:52
  Speaker 1: just the stuff for a war horse, wiry and very stubborn.
• 5:57
  Speaker 1: As the old fashioned gentleman looked at him, he fancied
• 5:59
  Speaker 1: that no steed had ever been so beautiful or so swift.
• 6:04
  Speaker 1: He will carry me most gallantly, he said, and I
• 6:08
  Speaker 1: shall be proud of him. But what shall I call him?
• 6:11
  Speaker 1: A horse that is ridden by a noble knight must
• 6:14
  Speaker 1: needs have an honorable and high sounding name. So he
• 6:18
  Speaker 1: spent four days in studying what he should call his steed.
• 6:23
  Speaker 1: At last, he said I have it. His name shall
• 6:27
  Speaker 1: be Rosenante. And why do you give him that strange name,
• 6:32
  Speaker 1: asked the niece. I will tell you, he answered. The
• 6:37
  Speaker 1: word rosen means common horse, and the word ante is
• 6:41
  Speaker 1: good Latin for before or formerly. Now, if I call
• 6:45
  Speaker 1: my gallant steed formerly a common horse, the meaning is plain,
• 6:50
  Speaker 1: for everybody will understand that he is now no longer common,
• 6:54
  Speaker 1: but very uncommon.
• 6:56
  Speaker 2: Do you see? So his name shall be Rosenant.
• 7:01
  Speaker 1: Then he patted the horse lovingly and gently repeated ulusinante uuzinante.
• 7:10
  Speaker 1: He thought that if he could only find as good
• 7:12
  Speaker 1: a name for himself, he would feel like riding out
• 7:15
  Speaker 1: and beginning his adventures at once, for what more could
• 7:18
  Speaker 1: he need? Every night, he said, has the right to
• 7:22
  Speaker 1: put down at the beginning of his name, for that
• 7:25
  Speaker 1: as a title of honor and respect. Now, and I
• 7:29
  Speaker 1: shall call myself done John, done something. But what shall
• 7:38
  Speaker 1: it be? He studied the question for eight days, and
• 7:44
  Speaker 1: then a happy thought came into his mind. I will
• 7:47
  Speaker 1: call myself don Quixote, he cried, And since my home
• 7:51
  Speaker 1: is in the district of La Mancha, I should be
• 7:54
  Speaker 1: known throughout the world as Don Quixote di la mancha.
• 7:58
  Speaker 1: What name is more honorable than that? What title can
• 8:02
  Speaker 1: be more honorable? The name was indeed not very different
• 8:07
  Speaker 1: from his real name, For have we not said that
• 8:11
  Speaker 1: his neighbors called him Kihanna. The good old gentleman had
• 8:15
  Speaker 1: now minted and polished his armor and found new names
• 8:17
  Speaker 1: for himself and his steed. He felt himself well equipped
• 8:21
  Speaker 1: for adventures. But suddenly the thought came to him that
• 8:24
  Speaker 1: still another thing must be settled, for he could ride
• 8:27
  Speaker 1: out and do battle as a real and true knight.
• 8:32
  Speaker 1: In all the stories he had read, every hero who
• 8:35
  Speaker 1: was worthy of knighthood had claims some fair lady, whom
• 8:39
  Speaker 1: he invoked in times of peril, and to whom he
• 8:42
  Speaker 1: brought the prizes which he had won. It was at
• 8:45
  Speaker 1: her feet that the knight must kneel at the end
• 8:47
  Speaker 1: of every quest. It was from her that he must
• 8:51
  Speaker 1: receive the victor's crown to him. Therefore, a lady friend
• 8:55
  Speaker 1: was as necessary as a steed or a south of armor.
• 9:00
  Speaker 1: Don Quixote was not well acquainted with many ladies, but
• 9:03
  Speaker 1: he felt that as a knight he must center his
• 9:06
  Speaker 1: thoughts upon one who would be his guiding star as
• 9:10
  Speaker 1: he went faring through the world.
• 9:13
  Speaker 2: Who should it be?
• 9:14
  Speaker 1: This question troubled him more than any other had done.
• 9:18
  Speaker 1: He sat in his house for two whole weeks and
• 9:22
  Speaker 1: thought of nothing else. How would his niece do well?
• 9:27
  Speaker 1: She was very young, and he was her uncle. In
• 9:30
  Speaker 1: all the books in his library, there was no account
• 9:32
  Speaker 1: of a knight kneeling at the feet of his own niece.
• 9:35
  Speaker 1: She was not to be thought of. As for his housekeeper,
• 9:40
  Speaker 1: she was too old and homely. He could never think
• 9:43
  Speaker 1: of doing homage to one in her humble station. At length,
• 9:48
  Speaker 1: he remembered a handsome, red cheeked maiden who lived in
• 9:51
  Speaker 1: or near the village of Tubasso. Her name was Adonza Lorenzo,
• 9:56
  Speaker 1: and many years ago she had smiled at him as
• 9:59
  Speaker 1: he was passing on the road. He had not seen
• 10:02
  Speaker 1: her since she had grown up, But she must now
• 10:04
  Speaker 1: be the most charming of womankind. He fancied that no
• 10:08
  Speaker 1: lady in the world was better fitted to receive his
• 10:10
  Speaker 1: knightly homage. A Don Delrinzo, it shall be, he cried,
• 10:15
  Speaker 1: rubbing his hands together.
• 10:17
  Speaker 2: But what a name.
• 10:19
  Speaker 1: How would it sound when coupled with that of the
• 10:21
  Speaker 1: velorous Don Quixote di la Mancha. Surely it was too common,
• 10:27
  Speaker 1: and she must have a title more like that of
• 10:30
  Speaker 1: a princess.
• 10:31
  Speaker 2: What should it be?
• 10:33
  Speaker 1: He studied over this for many days, and at last
• 10:36
  Speaker 1: hit upon a name which pleased him much. It shall
• 10:39
  Speaker 1: be Dulcinea, he cried, It shall be Dulcinea del Toboso.
• 10:44
  Speaker 1: No other name is so sweet, so harmonious, so like
• 10:48
  Speaker 1: the lady herself. Thus, after weeks of labor and study,
• 10:54
  Speaker 1: Don Quixote di la Mancha at length felt himself prepared
• 10:58
  Speaker 1: to ride forth into the world to seek adventures. He
• 11:02
  Speaker 1: waited only for a suitable opportunity to put his cherished
• 11:05
  Speaker 1: plans into action. End of chapter one, an introductory note.
• 11:13
  Speaker 3: Chapter two, The Adventure at the Inn. One morning in midsummer,
• 11:19
  Speaker 3: don Quixote arose very early, long before anyone else was awake.
• 11:26
  Speaker 3: He put on his coat of nail and the old helmet,
• 11:29
  Speaker 3: which he had patched with pasteboard and green ribbons. He
• 11:33
  Speaker 3: took down the short sword that had been his great grandfather's,
• 11:37
  Speaker 3: and belt in it to his side. He grasped his
• 11:41
  Speaker 3: long lance. He swung the leather shield upon his shoulder.
• 11:46
  Speaker 3: Then he went out very quietly by the back door,
• 11:50
  Speaker 3: lest he should awaken his niece or the housekeeper. He
• 11:54
  Speaker 3: went softly to the barn and saddled his steed. Then
• 11:58
  Speaker 3: he mounted and rode silently away through the sleeping village
• 12:03
  Speaker 3: and the quiet fields. He was pleased to think how
• 12:07
  Speaker 3: easily he had managed things. He was glad that he
• 12:11
  Speaker 3: had gotten away from the house and the village without
• 12:14
  Speaker 3: any unpleasant scenes. I trust that I shall presently meet
• 12:19
  Speaker 3: with some worthy adventure, he said to himself. But soon
• 12:24
  Speaker 3: a dreadful thought came into his mind. He was not
• 12:28
  Speaker 3: a knight, for no one had conferred that honor upon him,
• 12:32
  Speaker 3: and the laws of chivalry would not permit him to
• 12:35
  Speaker 3: contend and mattle with any one of noble rank until
• 12:39
  Speaker 3: he himself was knighted. Whoa Rosinante, He said, I must
• 12:45
  Speaker 3: consider this matter. He stopped underneath a tree and thought,
• 12:50
  Speaker 3: and thought, must he give up his enterprise and return home? No,
• 12:56
  Speaker 3: that I shall never do, he cried. I will ride onward,
• 13:01
  Speaker 3: and the first worthy man that I meet shall make
• 13:04
  Speaker 3: me knight. So he spoke cheeringly to Rosanante, and resumed
• 13:10
  Speaker 3: his journey. He dropped the reins loosely upon the horse's
• 13:14
  Speaker 3: neck and allowed him to stroll hither and thither as
• 13:18
  Speaker 3: he pleased. It is thus, he said, that knights ride
• 13:23
  Speaker 3: out upon their quests. They go where fortune and their
• 13:26
  Speaker 3: steeds may carry them. Thus leisurely he sat in the
• 13:31
  Speaker 3: saddle while Rosanante wandered and unfrequented past, cropped the green
• 13:38
  Speaker 3: herbage by the road side, or rested himself in the
• 13:41
  Speaker 3: shade of some friendly tree. The hours passed, but neither
• 13:46
  Speaker 3: man nor beast took note a time or distance. We
• 13:50
  Speaker 3: shall have an adventure. By and by, said don Quixote
• 13:55
  Speaker 3: softly to himself. The sun was just sinking in the
• 13:59
  Speaker 3: west when rose Soonante, in quest of sweeter grass, carried
• 14:03
  Speaker 3: his master to the summit of a gentle hill. There
• 14:07
  Speaker 3: in the valley below him, don Quixote beheld a little inn,
• 14:12
  Speaker 3: nestling snugly by the roadside. Humph, he cried, Did I
• 14:18
  Speaker 3: not say that we should have an adventure? He gathered
• 14:22
  Speaker 3: up the reins, He took his long glance in his hand.
• 14:26
  Speaker 3: He struck spurs into his loitering steed, and he charged
• 14:30
  Speaker 3: down the hill with the speed of a plow horse.
• 14:34
  Speaker 3: He imagined that the inn was a great castle, with
• 14:37
  Speaker 3: four towers and a deep moat, and a drawbridge at
• 14:41
  Speaker 3: some distance from the gate, he checked his steed and waited.
• 14:45
  Speaker 3: He expected to see a dwarf come out on the
• 14:48
  Speaker 3: wall of the castle, and found a trumpet to give
• 14:51
  Speaker 3: notice of the arrival of a strange night, for it
• 14:54
  Speaker 3: was always so in the books which he had read.
• 14:58
  Speaker 3: But nobody came. Don Quixote grew impatient. At length, the
• 15:03
  Speaker 3: urge roseanante forward at a gentle pace, and was soon
• 15:07
  Speaker 3: within hailing distance of the inn. Just then a swineherd
• 15:12
  Speaker 3: in a field near by lewis horn to call his
• 15:15
  Speaker 3: pigs together. Alhamp cried, don Quixote, there is the dwarf.
• 15:21
  Speaker 3: At last he is blowing his bugle to tell them
• 15:24
  Speaker 3: that I am coming. And with the greatest joy in
• 15:27
  Speaker 3: the world, he rode onward to the door of the inn.
• 15:32
  Speaker 3: The innkeeper was both fat and jolly, and when he
• 15:35
  Speaker 3: saw don Quixote riding up, he went out to welcome him.
• 15:39
  Speaker 3: He could not help laughing at the warlike appearance of
• 15:42
  Speaker 3: his visitor, with his long glance, his battered shield, and
• 15:46
  Speaker 3: his ancient coat of mail. But he kept as sober
• 15:50
  Speaker 3: a face as possible, and spoke very humbly, Sir knight,
• 15:55
  Speaker 3: He said, will you honor me by alighting from your steed.
• 16:00
  Speaker 3: I have no bed to offer you, but you shall
• 16:03
  Speaker 3: have every other accommodation that you may ask. Don Quixote
• 16:08
  Speaker 3: still suppose that the inn was a castle, and he
• 16:11
  Speaker 3: thought that the innkeeper must be the governor. So he answered,
• 16:16
  Speaker 3: in pompous tones, Signor Costellano, anything is enough for me.
• 16:22
  Speaker 3: I care for nothing but arms, and no bed is
• 16:25
  Speaker 3: so as sweet to me as the field of battle.
• 16:29
  Speaker 3: The innkeeper was much amused. You speak well, sir knight.
• 16:34
  Speaker 3: Since your wants are so few, I can promise that
• 16:37
  Speaker 3: you shall lack nothing. Alight and enter, and with that
• 16:43
  Speaker 3: he went and held don Quixote's stirrup while he dismounted.
• 16:47
  Speaker 3: The poor old man had eaten nothing all day. His
• 16:51
  Speaker 3: armor was very heavy, he was stiff from riding so long.
• 16:55
  Speaker 3: He could hardly stand on his feet, but with the
• 16:59
  Speaker 3: innkeeper's help, he was soon comfortably seated in the kitchen
• 17:02
  Speaker 3: of the inn. I pray you, Senor Costallano, he said,
• 17:08
  Speaker 3: take good care of my steed. There is not a
• 17:11
  Speaker 3: finer horse in the universe. The innkeeper promised that the
• 17:15
  Speaker 3: horse should lack nothing, and led him away to the stable.
• 17:20
  Speaker 3: When he returned to the kitchen, he found Don Quixote
• 17:23
  Speaker 3: pulling off his armor. He had relieved himself of the
• 17:27
  Speaker 3: greater cart of his coat of mail, but a helmet
• 17:30
  Speaker 3: had been tied fast with the green ribbons, as I
• 17:32
  Speaker 3: had told you, and it could not be taken off
• 17:35
  Speaker 3: without cutting them. Never shall any one harm those ribbons,
• 17:41
  Speaker 3: cried Don Quixote, and after vainly trying to untie them,
• 17:45
  Speaker 3: he was obliged to leave them as they were. It
• 17:48
  Speaker 3: was a funny sight to see him sitting there with
• 17:50
  Speaker 3: his head enclosed in the old, patched up helmet. Now,
• 17:54
  Speaker 3: Sir Knight, said the innkeeper, Will you not deign to
• 17:58
  Speaker 3: partake of a little food? It is quite past our
• 18:02
  Speaker 3: supper time, and all our guests have eaten, But perhaps
• 18:06
  Speaker 3: you will not object to taking a little refreshment alone.
• 18:10
  Speaker 3: I will indeed take some with all my heart, answered
• 18:14
  Speaker 3: Don Quixote. I think I shall enjoy a few mouthfuls
• 18:18
  Speaker 3: of food more than anything else in the world. As
• 18:22
  Speaker 3: luck would have it, it was Friday, and there was
• 18:25
  Speaker 3: no meat in the house. There were only a few
• 18:28
  Speaker 3: small pieces of salt fish in the pantry, and these
• 18:31
  Speaker 3: had been picked over by the other guests. Will you
• 18:35
  Speaker 3: try some of our fresh trout, asked the landlord. They
• 18:39
  Speaker 3: are very small, but they are wholesome, well, answered don Quixote.
• 18:45
  Speaker 3: If there are several of the small fry, I shall
• 18:49
  Speaker 3: like them as well as a single large fish. But
• 18:52
  Speaker 3: whatever you have, I pray you fring it quickly. For
• 18:56
  Speaker 3: the heavy armor and the day's travel had given me
• 18:58
  Speaker 3: a good appetite. So a small table was set close
• 19:02
  Speaker 3: by the door for the sake of fresh air, and
• 19:06
  Speaker 3: on Quixote he drew his chair up beside it. Then
• 19:10
  Speaker 3: the innkeeper brought some bits of the fish, ill dressed
• 19:13
  Speaker 3: and poorly cooked. The bread was brown and moldiest on
• 19:17
  Speaker 3: Keixote's armor, and there was nothing to drink but cold water.
• 19:22
  Speaker 3: It was hard for the poor man to get the
• 19:25
  Speaker 3: food to his mouth, for his helmet was much in
• 19:28
  Speaker 3: his way. By using both hands, however, he managed to
• 19:32
  Speaker 3: help himself.
• 19:33
  Speaker 2: Then he would have.
• 19:34
  Speaker 3: Laughed to see him eat, for indeed he was very hungry.
• 19:39
  Speaker 3: No true knight will complain of that which is set
• 19:42
  Speaker 3: before him, he said to himself. Suddenly, however, the thought
• 19:47
  Speaker 3: again came to him that he was not yet a knight.
• 19:50
  Speaker 3: He stopped eating the last poor morsel of fish was
• 19:55
  Speaker 3: left untouched on the table before him. His appetite had
• 19:59
  Speaker 3: left him alas alas. He groaned, I cannot lawfully ride
• 20:05
  Speaker 3: out on any adventure until I have been dubbed a knight.
• 20:09
  Speaker 3: I must see his business at once. He arose and
• 20:14
  Speaker 3: beckoned to the innkeeper to follow him to the barn.
• 20:17
  Speaker 3: I have something to say to you. He whispered, Your steeds, sir, knight, said.
• 20:23
  Speaker 3: The innkeeper has already had his oats. I assure you
• 20:27
  Speaker 3: he will be well taken care of. It is not
• 20:31
  Speaker 3: of the steed that I wish to speak, answered Don Quixote,
• 20:35
  Speaker 3: and he carefully shut the door behind him. Then, falling
• 20:40
  Speaker 3: at the innkeeper's feet, he cried, sir, I shall never
• 20:44
  Speaker 3: rise from this place till you have promised to grant
• 20:47
  Speaker 3: the boon which I am about to beg of you.
• 20:50
  Speaker 3: The innkeeper did not know what to do. He tried
• 20:53
  Speaker 3: to raise the poor man up, but he could not.
• 20:56
  Speaker 3: At last, he said, I promise name the which you wish,
• 21:00
  Speaker 3: and I will give it to you. Oh noble sir,
• 21:04
  Speaker 3: answered don Quixote. I knew you would not refuse me
• 21:09
  Speaker 3: the bone which I beg is this allow me to
• 21:12
  Speaker 3: watch my armor in the chapel of your castle to night,
• 21:15
  Speaker 3: and then in the morning, Oh, in the morning. And
• 21:19
  Speaker 3: what shall I do in the morning, asked the innkeeper.
• 21:23
  Speaker 3: Kind sir, he answered, do this be stolen me in
• 21:27
  Speaker 3: the honor of knighthood? For I longed to ride through
• 21:31
  Speaker 3: every corner of the earthen quest of adventures, and this
• 21:35
  Speaker 3: I could not do until after I had been dubbed
• 21:38
  Speaker 3: a night. The innkeeper smiled and his eyes twinkled, for
• 21:42
  Speaker 3: he was a right jolly fellow, and he saw that
• 21:45
  Speaker 3: here was a chance for some merry sport. Certainly, certainly,
• 21:50
  Speaker 3: he said, right kindly, you are well worthy to be
• 21:54
  Speaker 3: a knight, and I honor you for choosing so noble
• 21:57
  Speaker 3: a calling. Arise, and I will do all that you
• 22:00
  Speaker 3: ask of me. I thank you, said yn Quixote. Now
• 22:05
  Speaker 3: lead me to your chapel. I will watch my armor there,
• 22:09
  Speaker 3: as many a true and worthy knight has done in
• 22:12
  Speaker 3: the days of yore. I would gladly lead you thither,
• 22:16
  Speaker 3: said the innkeeper, But at the present time there is
• 22:19
  Speaker 3: no chapel in my castle. It will do just as well, however,
• 22:24
  Speaker 3: to watch your armor in some other convenient place. Many
• 22:28
  Speaker 3: of the greatest knights have done this when there is
• 22:30
  Speaker 3: no chapel to be found. Noble sir, I believe you
• 22:35
  Speaker 3: are right, said Don Quixote. I have read of their
• 22:38
  Speaker 3: doing so, and since you have no chapel, I shall
• 22:42
  Speaker 3: be content with any place. Then bring your armor into
• 22:46
  Speaker 3: the courtyard of my castle, said the innkeeeper. Guard it
• 22:50
  Speaker 3: bravely until morning, and at sunrise I will w you
• 22:54
  Speaker 3: a knight. I thank you, noble sir, said Don Quixote.
• 22:58
  Speaker 3: I will bring the armor at once. But stop, cried
• 23:02
  Speaker 3: the innkeeper. Have you any money? Not a penny was
• 23:07
  Speaker 3: the answer. I have never read of any knight carrying
• 23:11
  Speaker 3: money with him. Oh well, you are mistaken there, said
• 23:15
  Speaker 3: the innkeeper. The books you have read may not say
• 23:19
  Speaker 3: anything about it, but that is because the authors never
• 23:22
  Speaker 3: thought it worth while to write about such common things
• 23:25
  Speaker 3: as money and clean shirts and the like. Have you
• 23:29
  Speaker 3: any proof of that? Most certainly I have. I know
• 23:34
  Speaker 3: quite well that every knight had his purse stepped full
• 23:37
  Speaker 3: of money. Every one also carried some clean shirts and
• 23:41
  Speaker 3: a small box of salve for the healing of wounds.
• 23:46
  Speaker 3: It does look reasonable, agreed Don Quixote. But I never
• 23:50
  Speaker 3: thought of it. Then let me advise you as a
• 23:54
  Speaker 3: father advises his son, said the innkeeper. As soon as
• 23:58
  Speaker 3: you have been made a knight, ride homeward and provide
• 24:01
  Speaker 3: yourself with these necessary articles. I will obey you, most
• 24:06
  Speaker 3: noble sir, answered Don Quixote. He then made haste and
• 24:11
  Speaker 3: find his armor. Together, he carried it to the barnyard
• 24:15
  Speaker 3: and laid it in a horse draw by the well.
• 24:18
  Speaker 3: The evening was now well gone and it was growing dark.
• 24:23
  Speaker 3: Don Quixote took his shield upon his left arm. He
• 24:27
  Speaker 3: grasped his long glance in his right hand. Then he
• 24:30
  Speaker 3: began to pace to and fro across the barnyard. He
• 24:34
  Speaker 3: held his head high, like a soldier on duty in
• 24:38
  Speaker 3: the old patched helmet, falling down over his face give
• 24:42
  Speaker 3: him a droll, if not fearful appearance. The full moon
• 24:46
  Speaker 3: rose bright and clear. The barnyard was lighted up, almost
• 24:50
  Speaker 3: as by day. The innkeeper and his guests stood at
• 24:54
  Speaker 3: the windows of the inn and watched to see what
• 24:57
  Speaker 3: would happen. Presently, a mule driver came into the yard
• 25:01
  Speaker 3: to water his mules. He saw something lying in the
• 25:05
  Speaker 3: trough and was stooping to kick it out before drawing
• 25:08
  Speaker 3: water from the well. But at that moment Don Quixote
• 25:12
  Speaker 3: rushed upon him. Stop rash night, he cried, Touch not
• 25:17
  Speaker 3: those arms. They are the arms and the bravest man
• 25:21
  Speaker 3: that ever lived. Touch them naught or instant death shall
• 25:24
  Speaker 3: be your doom. The mule driver was a dull fellow
• 25:28
  Speaker 3: and very slow. He but dimly understood what was said
• 25:32
  Speaker 3: to him, and so paid no attention to the warning.
• 25:36
  Speaker 3: He laid hold of the coat of mail and threw
• 25:39
  Speaker 3: it upon the ground. Oh, my lady Dulcinea, help me
• 25:43
  Speaker 3: in this first trial of my valor, cried don Quixote.
• 25:48
  Speaker 3: At the same moment, he lifted his lance with both
• 25:51
  Speaker 3: hands and gave the mule driver a thrust, which laid
• 25:55
  Speaker 3: him flat in the dust of the barnyard. Another such
• 25:59
  Speaker 3: knock would it put an and to the poor fellow.
• 26:02
  Speaker 3: But Don Quixote was too brave to think of striking
• 26:04
  Speaker 3: a fallen foe. He picked up the coat of mail
• 26:08
  Speaker 3: and laid it again in the horsetraw. Then he went
• 26:12
  Speaker 3: on walking back and forth, as though nothing had happened.
• 26:16
  Speaker 3: The poor mule driver lay senseless by the side of
• 26:19
  Speaker 3: the trough. The innkeeper and his friends still watched from
• 26:23
  Speaker 3: the inn. He is a heart headed fellow, said one
• 26:27
  Speaker 3: he is used to our not Senuel soon recover. In
• 26:31
  Speaker 3: a few moments, a noisy wagoner drove into the barnyard.
• 26:35
  Speaker 3: He took his team quite close to the trough. Then
• 26:39
  Speaker 3: he began to clear it out in order to give
• 26:41
  Speaker 3: water to his horses. Don Quixote, however, was ready for him.
• 26:46
  Speaker 3: He said not a word, but lifted his lance and
• 26:49
  Speaker 3: hurled it at the wagoner's head. It is a wonder
• 26:52
  Speaker 3: that the fellow's skull was not broken. The wagoner fell
• 26:56
  Speaker 3: to the ground, yelling most grievously, and the ann were frightened,
• 27:02
  Speaker 3: and all ran quickly to the barnyard to put an
• 27:04
  Speaker 3: end to the rough sport. When don Quixote saw them coming,
• 27:09
  Speaker 3: he braced himself on his shield and drew his sword.
• 27:12
  Speaker 3: Oh my Dulcinea, thou queen of beauty, he cried, thou
• 27:17
  Speaker 3: give strength to my arm and courage to my beating heart.
• 27:21
  Speaker 3: He felt brave enough to fight all the wagoners and
• 27:24
  Speaker 3: mule drivers in the world. But just then several of
• 27:28
  Speaker 3: the wagoner's friends came running into the barnyard, and each
• 27:32
  Speaker 3: began to throw stones at don Quixote. The stones fell
• 27:36
  Speaker 3: in a shower about his head, and he was forced
• 27:39
  Speaker 3: to shelter himself under his shield. Yet he stood bravely
• 27:43
  Speaker 3: at his post, and nothing could make him abandon his arms.
• 27:48
  Speaker 3: Fling on, he cried, do your worst. I dare you
• 27:53
  Speaker 3: to come within my reach. He spoke with such fierceness
• 27:58
  Speaker 3: that every man shrank back in fear. Some took refuge
• 28:02
  Speaker 3: in the barn, but kept on throwing stones. Let him alone,
• 28:06
  Speaker 3: cried the innkeeper. He is a harmless fellow who wishes
• 28:10
  Speaker 3: to become a knight. He has lost his senses to
• 28:13
  Speaker 3: too much reading. Come away and leave him in peace.
• 28:17
  Speaker 3: The men stopped throwing stones. Don Quixote put down his
• 28:21
  Speaker 3: shield and began again to pace back and forth between
• 28:24
  Speaker 3: the horse drop and the barn. He allowed the servants
• 28:28
  Speaker 3: to carry away the wounded wagoner and the unconscious mule driver,
• 28:32
  Speaker 3: but he glared at them so fiercely that they were
• 28:35
  Speaker 3: glad to be out of his reach. The innkeeper began
• 28:40
  Speaker 3: to think that he had carried the sport far enough.
• 28:43
  Speaker 3: He was afraid that more and worse mischief might be done,
• 28:47
  Speaker 3: so he spoke right gently to don Quixote. Brave sir,
• 28:52
  Speaker 3: you have done nobly. You have guarded your armor with
• 28:55
  Speaker 3: courage you have shown yourself worthy of knighthood. I will
• 29:00
  Speaker 3: give you that honor without further delay. But it is
• 29:04
  Speaker 3: not yet daybreak, answered Don Quixote. I must guard my
• 29:08
  Speaker 3: armor till the dawn appears. It is not unnecessary, said
• 29:13
  Speaker 3: the innkeeper. I have read of some merry, famous knights
• 29:17
  Speaker 3: who stood guard only two hours, and you have watched
• 29:20
  Speaker 3: for more than four hours. Although be set by many foes,
• 29:25
  Speaker 3: time lies swiftly when one is doing his duty, said
• 29:29
  Speaker 3: Don Quixote. The brave man is bravest when he curbs
• 29:33
  Speaker 3: his anger. But if I am again attacked, I shall
• 29:37
  Speaker 3: not be able to restrain my fury. No man in
• 29:40
  Speaker 3: this castle shall be left alive unless it be to
• 29:43
  Speaker 3: please you. You shall not be attacked, said the innkeeper.
• 29:48
  Speaker 3: You have guarded your armor quite long enough, and I
• 29:52
  Speaker 3: will make you a knight at once if you are willing.
• 29:55
  Speaker 3: Nothing can please me better, answered Don Quixote, and he
• 30:00
  Speaker 3: laid his lance gently down by the side of his armor.
• 30:03
  Speaker 3: The innkeeper thereupon called to his guests and servants to
• 30:07
  Speaker 3: come and see the ceremony. A book was brought to
• 30:11
  Speaker 3: him in which he kept his account, some hay and straw.
• 30:14
  Speaker 3: He opened it with much dignity. While don Quixote stood
• 30:18
  Speaker 3: with closed eyes beside his armor. The women of the
• 30:22
  Speaker 3: inn gathered in a circle about them. A boy held
• 30:26
  Speaker 3: a piece of lighted candle while the innkeeper pretended to
• 30:29
  Speaker 3: read a chapter from the book. The reading being finished,
• 30:33
  Speaker 3: don Quixote knelt down in the dust of the barnyard.
• 30:37
  Speaker 3: The innkeeper stood over him and mumbled some words without meaning.
• 30:42
  Speaker 3: He gave him a blow on the neck with his hand.
• 30:45
  Speaker 3: Then he slapped him on the back with the flat
• 30:47
  Speaker 3: of his sword. Arise, sir, knight, he said, thou art
• 30:52
  Speaker 3: don Quixote de la Mancha, the most valorous of men.
• 30:57
  Speaker 3: Be brave, be brave, always brave. Don Quixote arose, feeling
• 31:04
  Speaker 3: that he was now in truth a knight and ready
• 31:07
  Speaker 3: to de valorous deeds. One of the women handed him
• 31:11
  Speaker 3: his sword. May your worship be a lucky knight, she said.
• 31:17
  Speaker 3: Another arranged the green ribbons which held his helmet in place.
• 31:21
  Speaker 3: May you prosper, brave, sir, wherever you go, she said.
• 31:26
  Speaker 3: John Quixote threw his arms around the innkeeper's neck and
• 31:30
  Speaker 3: thanked him. He could not rest until he had done
• 31:33
  Speaker 3: some gallant deed, so he sat up all the rest
• 31:36
  Speaker 3: of the night, polishing his armor, and thinking impatiently of
• 31:40
  Speaker 3: the morrow.
• 31:42
  Speaker 1: And of chapter two, Chapter three, The Adventurer of the Farmer.
• 31:49
  Speaker 1: At the earliest break of day, don Quixote made ready
• 31:51
  Speaker 1: to ride out in quest of adventures. He buckled on
• 31:54
  Speaker 1: his armor. He took his lance and the shields in
• 31:57
  Speaker 1: his hands. His gallant steed, Rosinante, stood saddled and bridled
• 32:01
  Speaker 1: at the door of the inn. He again embraced the innkeeper. Farewell, thou,
• 32:07
  Speaker 1: greatest of my benefactors, he cried, May Heaven bless THEE
• 32:11
  Speaker 1: for having made me a knight. Then, with the help
• 32:14
  Speaker 1: of a groom, he mounted and rode forth into the world.
• 32:19
  Speaker 1: Right gaily did he ride, for he felt that he
• 32:21
  Speaker 1: was now, in truth a knight, and his mind was
• 32:23
  Speaker 1: filled with lofty thoughts. Right gaily also did Rosinante cancer
• 32:28
  Speaker 1: along the highway, and proudly did he hold his head,
• 32:31
  Speaker 1: for did he not know that he was carrying the
• 32:33
  Speaker 1: bravest of brave men. They had gone but a little
• 32:37
  Speaker 1: way when don Quixote suddenly remembered the innkeeper's command to
• 32:41
  Speaker 1: provide himself with money, clean shirts, and some salve. The
• 32:45
  Speaker 1: command must be obeyed, he said, I must go home
• 32:48
  Speaker 1: to get these necessary things. So he turned his horse's
• 32:52
  Speaker 1: head and took the first by road that led towards
• 32:54
  Speaker 1: his village. And now Rosinantes seemed to have new life
• 32:57
  Speaker 1: when into his lean body, he sniffed the air and
• 33:00
  Speaker 1: trotted so fast that his heels seemed scarcely to touch
• 33:02
  Speaker 1: the ground. This is after the matter of heroes, said
• 33:07
  Speaker 1: Don Quixote. Yet I still lack one thing. I need
• 33:10
  Speaker 1: a faithful squire to writhe with me and serve me.
• 33:13
  Speaker 1: All the knights I have ever read about at squires
• 33:16
  Speaker 1: who followed in their footsteps and looked on while they
• 33:19
  Speaker 1: were fighting. I think therefore, that while I am providing
• 33:22
  Speaker 1: myself with money and shirts, I will also get me
• 33:25
  Speaker 1: a squire. Presently, as they were passing through a lonely place,
• 33:30
  Speaker 1: the knight fancied that he heard distressing cries. They seemed
• 33:34
  Speaker 1: to come from the midst of a woody thicket near
• 33:36
  Speaker 1: the roadside. I thank Heaven for this lucky moment, he
• 33:40
  Speaker 1: said to himself. I shall now have an adventure. No
• 33:45
  Speaker 1: doubt I shall rescue someone who is in peril, or
• 33:47
  Speaker 1: I shall correct some grievous wrong. He put spurs through zanante,
• 33:52
  Speaker 1: and with as fast as he could, to the spot
• 33:54
  Speaker 1: from which the cry seemed to issue. At the edge
• 33:57
  Speaker 1: of the woody thicket, he saw a horse tied to.
• 33:59
  Speaker 2: A small oak tree.
• 34:01
  Speaker 1: Not far away, a lot of about fifteen years was
• 34:04
  Speaker 1: tied to another oak. The lad's shoulders and back were bare,
• 34:07
  Speaker 1: and it was he he was making the doleful outcry
• 34:10
  Speaker 1: for a stout country fellow was standing over him and
• 34:13
  Speaker 1: beating him unmercifully.
• 34:14
  Speaker 2: With a horsewhip.
• 34:16
  Speaker 1: Hold Hold, cried Don Quixote, rushing up. It is an
• 34:20
  Speaker 1: unmanly act to strike a person who cannot strike back.
• 34:24
  Speaker 1: The farmer was frightened at the sudden appearance of a
• 34:26
  Speaker 1: knight on horseback. He dropped his whip. He stood with
• 34:30
  Speaker 1: an open mouth and trembling hands, not knowing what to expect. Come, Sir,
• 34:35
  Speaker 1: said Don Quixote, sternly, take your lance, mount your horse,
• 34:38
  Speaker 1: and we will settle this matter by a trial of arms.
• 34:42
  Speaker 1: The farmer answered him very humbly, Sir Knight, He said,
• 34:46
  Speaker 1: this boy is my servant, and his business is to
• 34:49
  Speaker 1: watch my sheep. But he is lazy and careless, and
• 34:52
  Speaker 1: I have lost half of my flock through his neglect.
• 34:56
  Speaker 1: What of that, said don Quixote, You have no right
• 34:59
  Speaker 1: to beat him when you I know he cannot beat you.
• 35:02
  Speaker 1: I beat him only to make a better boy of him,
• 35:05
  Speaker 1: answered the farmer. He will tell you that I do
• 35:08
  Speaker 1: it to cheat him out of his wages. But he
• 35:10
  Speaker 1: tells lies even while I am correcting them. What what,
• 35:15
  Speaker 1: cried don Quixote. Do you give him the lie? Right
• 35:18
  Speaker 1: here before my face? I have a good mind to
• 35:21
  Speaker 1: run you through the body of my lance untie the
• 35:23
  Speaker 1: boy and pay him his money. Obey me this instant,
• 35:27
  Speaker 1: and let me not hear one word of excuse from you.
• 35:32
  Speaker 1: The farmer, pale with fear, loosed the boy from the coins,
• 35:35
  Speaker 1: which bounce him through the tree. Now, my young man,
• 35:39
  Speaker 1: said don Quixote, how much does this fellow owe you?
• 35:42
  Speaker 1: He owes me nine months wages and seven dollars a
• 35:45
  Speaker 1: month was the answer. Nine times seven are sixty three,
• 35:50
  Speaker 1: said the knight. Sir, you owe this land sixty three dollars.
• 35:54
  Speaker 1: If you wish to save your life, pay it at once.
• 35:58
  Speaker 1: The farmer was now more alarmed than before. He fell
• 36:01
  Speaker 1: upon his knees. He lifted his hands, imploring mercy. He
• 36:05
  Speaker 1: sobbed with fright. Noble sir, he cried, it is too much,
• 36:10
  Speaker 1: for I have bought him three pairs of shoes at
• 36:12
  Speaker 1: a dollar a pair, and twice when he was sick,
• 36:14
  Speaker 1: I paid the doctor a dollar. That may be, answered
• 36:18
  Speaker 1: don Quixote, But we will set those dollars against the
• 36:21
  Speaker 1: beating you have given him without cause. Come pay him
• 36:25
  Speaker 1: the whole amount. I would gladly do so, said the farmer.
• 36:29
  Speaker 1: But I have not a penny in my pocket. If
• 36:31
  Speaker 1: you will let the lad go home with me, I
• 36:33
  Speaker 1: will pay him every dollar. Go home with him, cried
• 36:37
  Speaker 1: the lad. Not I why he would beat me to
• 36:40
  Speaker 1: death and not pay at all. He won't dare to
• 36:43
  Speaker 1: do it, answered don Quixote. I have commanded him, and
• 36:47
  Speaker 1: he must obey. His money is at his house. I
• 36:52
  Speaker 1: give him leave to go and get it. His honor
• 36:55
  Speaker 1: as a knight will make him pay his.
• 36:56
  Speaker 2: Debt to you. A knight, said the lad. He is
• 37:00
  Speaker 2: no knight.
• 37:01
  Speaker 1: He is only John Haldudo the farmer. What of that,
• 37:05
  Speaker 1: said Don Quixote. Why may not the how Dudos have
• 37:07
  Speaker 1: a knight in the family. Oh, he is not much
• 37:11
  Speaker 1: of a knight. A knight would pay his debts, said
• 37:13
  Speaker 1: the lad, And he will pay you for I have
• 37:16
  Speaker 1: commanded him, said Don Quixote. Then, turning to the farmer,
• 37:20
  Speaker 1: he said, go and make sure that you obey me.
• 37:24
  Speaker 1: I will come this way again soon, and if you
• 37:26
  Speaker 1: have failed, I will punish you. I will find you out,
• 37:29
  Speaker 1: even though you will hide yourself as close as a lizard.
• 37:33
  Speaker 1: The farmer arose from his knees and was about to speak,
• 37:36
  Speaker 1: but the knight would not listen. I have no words
• 37:39
  Speaker 1: from you, he said. You have naught to do but
• 37:42
  Speaker 1: to obey. And if you would ask who it is
• 37:44
  Speaker 1: that commands you, you know that I am the valorous
• 37:47
  Speaker 1: Don Quixote di la Mancha, the right of wrongs, and
• 37:51
  Speaker 1: the friend of the down trodden.
• 37:53
  Speaker 2: So good bye.
• 37:55
  Speaker 1: Having said this, he gave spurs to Rosinante and galloped away.
• 38:00
  Speaker 1: The farmer watched him till he was quiet out of side.
• 38:02
  Speaker 1: Then he turned and called to the boy. Come Andrew.
• 38:06
  Speaker 1: He said, come to me now, and I will pay
• 38:08
  Speaker 1: thee what I owe thee. I will obey this friend
• 38:11
  Speaker 1: of the down trodden. You will do well to obey him,
• 38:15
  Speaker 1: said the boy. He is a knight, and if you
• 38:18
  Speaker 1: fail to pay me, he will come back and make
• 38:19
  Speaker 1: things hot for you. Yes, I know answered the farmer,
• 38:23
  Speaker 1: I will pay you well and show you how much
• 38:25
  Speaker 1: I love you. Then, with another word, he caught hold
• 38:29
  Speaker 1: of the boy and again tied him to the tree.
• 38:31
  Speaker 1: The boy yelled lustily, but don Quixote was too far
• 38:34
  Speaker 1: away to hear his cries. The farmer fell upon him
• 38:37
  Speaker 1: and beat him with fists and stakes until he was
• 38:39
  Speaker 1: almost dead. Finally he loosed him and let him go. Now, Andrew,
• 38:46
  Speaker 1: go find your friend of the down trodden, he said,
• 38:49
  Speaker 1: tell him how well I have paid you. Poor Andrew
• 38:53
  Speaker 1: said nothing. He hobbled slowly away, while the farmer mounted
• 38:57
  Speaker 1: his horse and rode grimly homeward. In the Meanwhile, don
• 39:01
  Speaker 1: Quixote was speeding toward his own village. He was very
• 39:04
  Speaker 1: much pleased with himself and with his first adventure as
• 39:06
  Speaker 1: a knight. Oh Dulcinea, most beautiful of beauties, he cried, Well,
• 39:12
  Speaker 1: mayest thou thyself be happy, for thy knight has done
• 39:16
  Speaker 1: a noble deed this day. And thus he rode gallantly onward,
• 39:20
  Speaker 1: his lance, clinging against his coat of mail at every
• 39:23
  Speaker 1: motion of his steed. End of Chapter three.
• 39:29
  Speaker 3: Chapter four, the Adventure with the Merchants, don Quixote he
• 39:34
  Speaker 3: had not ridden more than two miles when at a
• 39:37
  Speaker 3: turn in the road he saw several horsemen approaching him.
• 39:42
  Speaker 3: There were merchants of Toledo, and they were going to
• 39:45
  Speaker 3: some distant town to buy silks. There were six of them,
• 39:49
  Speaker 3: and each carried an umbrella over his head to shielding
• 39:52
  Speaker 3: from the sun. Following behind these horsemen there were four
• 39:57
  Speaker 3: servants and three mule drivers, all on foot. Don Quixote's
• 40:02
  Speaker 3: heart beat fast when he saw this company. Here is
• 40:06
  Speaker 3: an adventure worthy of my courage, he cried. He fixed
• 40:11
  Speaker 3: himself in his stirrups, he couched his lance, he covered
• 40:15
  Speaker 3: his breast with his shield. Then he posted himself in
• 40:19
  Speaker 3: the middle of the road, at the top of a
• 40:21
  Speaker 3: gentle hill. As soon as the merchants were within hearing,
• 40:26
  Speaker 3: he called out, hold there, let all mankind stands still.
• 40:31
  Speaker 3: No person shall pass here unless he is ready to
• 40:35
  Speaker 3: declare that the feerless Dulcinea del Teboso is the most
• 40:40
  Speaker 3: beautiful lady in the universe. The merchants stalk and wonder
• 40:45
  Speaker 3: at this strange beam who thus farther away. They were
• 40:49
  Speaker 3: not long in guessing the truth. It is some poor
• 40:52
  Speaker 3: gentleman who has lost his senses, They said, to one another.
• 40:57
  Speaker 3: Then their leader rode forward a few paces and salt
• 41:00
  Speaker 3: to the Knight. Sir Knight, he said, we do not
• 41:04
  Speaker 3: know the fair lady whom you name. If you will
• 41:07
  Speaker 3: let us see her, and if she proves to be
• 41:09
  Speaker 3: as beautiful as you think, we will agree to all
• 41:12
  Speaker 3: that you require of us. Let you see her, cried
• 41:17
  Speaker 3: Don Quixote. I might do that if I chose, But
• 41:21
  Speaker 3: the importance of the thing is in making you confess
• 41:24
  Speaker 3: and declare her beauty without seeing her. Come, now, raise
• 41:29
  Speaker 3: your right hands and say what I demand of you.
• 41:32
  Speaker 3: The merchants sat quietly in their saddles and made no answer.
• 41:36
  Speaker 3: What cried Don Quixote. Are you silent?
• 41:40
  Speaker 1: Then?
• 41:41
  Speaker 3: Know that I am your enemy, and I challenge you
• 41:44
  Speaker 3: to combat. Write here and now. He braced himself in
• 41:47
  Speaker 3: his saddle and shook his lance. But still the merchants
• 41:51
  Speaker 3: made no reply. Are you afraid, you cowards? Shouted the Knight.
• 41:57
  Speaker 3: Come one by one, or come all together there as
• 42:00
  Speaker 3: you please. I am ready for the combat. Then he
• 42:04
  Speaker 3: spurred his horse and rode furiously down the hill toward
• 42:08
  Speaker 3: the astonished merchants. There is no telling what might have
• 42:12
  Speaker 3: happened had Rosanante behaved himself, but that gallant steed had
• 42:16
  Speaker 3: gone scarcely twenty yards when he stumbled and fell in
• 42:20
  Speaker 3: the middle of the road. Don Fione was pitched headlong
• 42:24
  Speaker 3: into the dust. His long lance went flying into the
• 42:28
  Speaker 3: weeds on one side of the highway, his shield was
• 42:31
  Speaker 3: thrown among the bushes on the other. The knight himself
• 42:34
  Speaker 3: made a funny appearance as he rolled and tumbled on
• 42:37
  Speaker 3: the ground. The weight of his resting armor held him down,
• 42:42
  Speaker 3: But even while he lay helpless in the dust, he
• 42:45
  Speaker 3: was a hero with his tongue. Stay, you cowards, he shouted,
• 42:50
  Speaker 3: Do not run away. It is my horse's fault that
• 42:53
  Speaker 3: I have been thus dismounted. The merchants laughed. His sorry
• 42:58
  Speaker 3: plight amused them no less than his oneerful pluck. They
• 43:01
  Speaker 3: spread their umbrellas above their heads and rode onward over
• 43:05
  Speaker 3: the hill. But one of the mule drivers, who was
• 43:09
  Speaker 3: an ill natured fellow, could not bear to hear his
• 43:12
  Speaker 3: master called a coward. He picked up the fallen lance
• 43:15
  Speaker 3: and broke it in pieces. Then with one of the
• 43:19
  Speaker 3: longer parts he belabored Don Quixote's sides until he was
• 43:22
  Speaker 3: splintered in a dozen fragments, nor did he stop till
• 43:26
  Speaker 3: he was tired out. Still, don Quixote was not conquered
• 43:32
  Speaker 3: through all this storm of blows. He lay kicking on
• 43:35
  Speaker 3: the ground and daring his enemies to do their worst.
• 43:39
  Speaker 3: Slay me if he will, he cried. But still I
• 43:43
  Speaker 3: affirm that the lady Dulcinea is without her equal on earth.
• 43:48
  Speaker 3: At last, the mule driver left him and ran onward
• 43:51
  Speaker 3: to overtake his mules and his master. When don Quixote
• 43:56
  Speaker 3: found himself alone, he tried once more to get on
• 43:59
  Speaker 3: his feet. But if he was unable to do this
• 44:02
  Speaker 3: at first, how was he to do it now? All
• 44:05
  Speaker 3: Bruce gnittered as he was as he lay helpless on
• 44:09
  Speaker 3: his back. It so happened that a plowman came that way.
• 44:13
  Speaker 3: This plowman, who lived in don Quixote's village, had been
• 44:17
  Speaker 3: to the mill and was returning with a bag of
• 44:19
  Speaker 3: meal on his donkey's back when he saw the knight
• 44:23
  Speaker 3: sprawling in the dust. He stopped, while the donkey began
• 44:27
  Speaker 3: to make acquaintance with poor Rosanante, who was picking grass
• 44:31
  Speaker 3: by the road side. Hello, my good friend, cried the plowman.
• 44:36
  Speaker 3: What has happened to you? Don Quixote made no answer.
• 44:40
  Speaker 3: He looked up at the sky and began to repeat
• 44:43
  Speaker 3: a long speech he had read in one of his books.
• 44:46
  Speaker 3: The fellow has lost his senses, said the plowman to himself.
• 44:51
  Speaker 3: Then he stooped and lifted the knight's helmet from his face.
• 44:54
  Speaker 3: It was the helmet that had been patched with pasteboard
• 44:57
  Speaker 3: and tied on with green ribbons. But the mule driver
• 45:00
  Speaker 3: had broken it with kicks and blows, and the ribbons
• 45:03
  Speaker 3: were torn into shreds. As soon as the plowman saw
• 45:07
  Speaker 3: the knight's face, he knew him. Oh, my good neighbor, Chihana,
• 45:12
  Speaker 3: He said, how came you here? And what is the matter.
• 45:16
  Speaker 3: The poor gentleman paid no attention to his friend, but
• 45:19
  Speaker 3: kept on repeating passages from his books. In fact, he
• 45:23
  Speaker 3: was very badly hurt. The plowman, with a good deal
• 45:27
  Speaker 3: of trouble, lifted him up and set him astride of
• 45:30
  Speaker 3: his donkey. He placed him so that he could lean
• 45:34
  Speaker 3: over and rest upon the bag of mule. Then he
• 45:37
  Speaker 3: got all the knight's armored together, and even the splinters
• 45:40
  Speaker 3: of the lance, and tied him on the back of Rosenante.
• 45:45
  Speaker 3: Having seen that everything was secure, He took the steed
• 45:48
  Speaker 3: by the bridle and the donkey by the halter, and
• 45:52
  Speaker 3: walking before them, he made his way slowly toward the village.
• 45:56
  Speaker 3: He trudged thoughtfully along, often looking back and speaking kindly
• 46:01
  Speaker 3: to the wounded man, but don Quixote, resting on the
• 46:05
  Speaker 3: bag of meal, answered only with sighs and groans. He
• 46:09
  Speaker 3: complained most dolefully, but would not tell how he had
• 46:12
  Speaker 3: fallen into misfortune. My dear Kihanna, at length, said the plowman.
• 46:18
  Speaker 3: I fear you do not know me. That is no matter,
• 46:23
  Speaker 3: said don Quixote. I know very well who I am.
• 46:27
  Speaker 3: What's more, I and perhaps not only myself, but a
• 46:30
  Speaker 3: dozen other brave knights all joined in one. It was
• 46:35
  Speaker 3: about sunset when they reached the village. The plowman did
• 46:39
  Speaker 3: not wish his neighbors to see the poor knight in
• 46:41
  Speaker 3: his battered than bruised condition, for he knew that much
• 46:45
  Speaker 3: depended upon keeping him as quiet as possible, So he
• 46:49
  Speaker 3: tarried in a grove outside of the village until daylight
• 46:52
  Speaker 3: had faded into dusk. Then he led the poor man
• 46:55
  Speaker 3: into his own house. As he went up cautiously to
• 46:59
  Speaker 3: the door, he heard voices within the curate of the village,
• 47:04
  Speaker 3: and his friend and Barbara were there. These men were neighbors,
• 47:07
  Speaker 3: said Don Quixote, and it had been their habit to
• 47:10
  Speaker 3: come in often and spend a pleasant evening with him.
• 47:14
  Speaker 3: The plowman stopped at the door and listened. What do
• 47:18
  Speaker 3: you think, cried the housekeeper. My master has not been
• 47:22
  Speaker 3: seen for two whole days. His horse, his shield, his lance,
• 47:27
  Speaker 3: and the old arma that was his grandfather's has also disappeared. Indeed,
• 47:33
  Speaker 3: and where can he have gone? Inquired the curate. Where
• 47:38
  Speaker 3: where but riding over the world and making believe that
• 47:41
  Speaker 3: he is a knight? Answered the woman. It's all because
• 47:45
  Speaker 3: of those vile books which he was forever poring over.
• 47:49
  Speaker 3: The niece then spoke, certainly, it's the books, she said,
• 47:54
  Speaker 3: The books made him foolish. Why I have known him
• 47:58
  Speaker 3: to read forty eight hours without stopping. Then he would
• 48:02
  Speaker 3: flame the book from him and make Maline draw his sword,
• 48:05
  Speaker 3: slashing it about him in a most fearful manner. I
• 48:10
  Speaker 3: have known him to do even wilder things than that,
• 48:13
  Speaker 3: said the housekeeper. Once, in broad daylight he ran around
• 48:18
  Speaker 3: this very room, shouting that he had killed four giants
• 48:21
  Speaker 3: as tall as church tables. It was the books they
• 48:25
  Speaker 3: made him mad. Indeed, that's true, declared the niece. It
• 48:30
  Speaker 3: was the books, and they ought to be burned, every
• 48:33
  Speaker 3: one of them. You are right, said the curate. Those
• 48:37
  Speaker 3: books have unsettled his mind. During the setting of another sun.
• 48:42
  Speaker 3: They shall be brought to trial and condemned to the flames.
• 48:46
  Speaker 3: During all this discourse, the plowmen and don Quixote were
• 48:49
  Speaker 3: just outside of the door, unseen in the darkening twilight. Now,
• 48:54
  Speaker 3: without more ado, the plowmen cried out, Hello, their house,
• 48:58
  Speaker 3: open the gates. Here are a dozen valors knights, bring
• 49:01
  Speaker 3: a prisoner with them. The housekeeper shrinked and dropped her
• 49:06
  Speaker 3: broom on the floor. The curate and the barber rushed
• 49:09
  Speaker 3: to the door, and the niece followed them with a
• 49:12
  Speaker 3: lighted candle in your hand. When they saw don Quixote
• 49:15
  Speaker 3: astride of the donkey, they all ran to embrace him.
• 49:19
  Speaker 3: Have a care, he groaned, Be gentle, for I am
• 49:23
  Speaker 3: sorely hurt. It was all on account of my steed
• 49:27
  Speaker 3: failing me. Carry me to bed, and sender the enchantress
• 49:31
  Speaker 3: your ganda to heal my wounds. There, didn't I say so,
• 49:37
  Speaker 3: whispered the housekeeper to the curate, his head is full
• 49:41
  Speaker 3: of these wicked books. Where are you wounded, uncle, asked
• 49:45
  Speaker 3: the niece. Wounded, I am not wounded. I'm only bruised.
• 49:51
  Speaker 3: I had a bad fall from Rosanante while I was
• 49:53
  Speaker 3: fighting ten giants. You never saw such giants. They were
• 49:57
  Speaker 3: the wickedest fellows and ever rolled near. But I was
• 50:01
  Speaker 3: a match for them. Hear him, whispered the curate to
• 50:05
  Speaker 3: the housekeeper. He talked some giants. It is as we feared.
• 50:10
  Speaker 3: Those vile books must be condemned and burned without further delay.
• 50:15
  Speaker 3: They lived in the night from the donkey's back. They
• 50:18
  Speaker 3: helped him into the house and put him in his
• 50:21
  Speaker 3: favorite chair. Then the woman asked him a thousand questions,
• 50:25
  Speaker 3: but his only answer was that they should give him
• 50:28
  Speaker 3: something to eat and let him alone. This they did.
• 50:32
  Speaker 3: When he had eaten a hearty supper, he crept off
• 50:35
  Speaker 3: to bed without so much as saying good night. End
• 50:40
  Speaker 3: of chapter four.
• 50:42
  Speaker 1: Chapter five the Library read by Aaron Luboitz. Early the
• 50:50
  Speaker 1: next morning, the curate and the barber came again. Don
• 50:53
  Speaker 1: Quixote was still sleeping. Indeed, he did not awake until
• 50:56
  Speaker 1: the day was more than half gone. We have come
• 50:59
  Speaker 1: to remove the cause of his illness, said the curate,
• 51:02
  Speaker 1: and he asked the nise to give him the key
• 51:03
  Speaker 1: to the room where her uncle kept his books. Here
• 51:07
  Speaker 1: it is, she said, and I hope you will make
• 51:09
  Speaker 1: clean work of it. They unlocked the door and went in,
• 51:13
  Speaker 1: the housekeeper following them. There ranged neatly on the shelves,
• 51:18
  Speaker 1: they saw a hundred large volumes and the goodly number
• 51:21
  Speaker 1: of small ones. The curate began to read the titles. Wait, wait,
• 51:26
  Speaker 1: cried the housekeeper. She ran out and soon came back
• 51:29
  Speaker 1: with a sprinkling can full of water. Here, doctor, she said,
• 51:33
  Speaker 1: take this and sprinkle every nook and cranny in the room.
• 51:36
  Speaker 1: Some unseen sorcer may be looking among the books, and
• 51:39
  Speaker 1: the water will drive him out. The curate smiled, and
• 51:43
  Speaker 1: did she desired. Then he asked the barber to hand
• 51:46
  Speaker 1: him the books one by one while he opened them
• 51:49
  Speaker 1: and examined the title pages. They are not all equally bad,
• 51:53
  Speaker 1: he said, Perhaps there are some that do not deserve
• 51:56
  Speaker 1: to be burned. Oh no, cried the niece, Do not
• 52:00
  Speaker 1: spare any of them. Every one is bad. Every one
• 52:03
  Speaker 1: has helped to undo my uncle. Throw the mouths of
• 52:07
  Speaker 1: the window into the garden.
• 52:08
  Speaker 2: Said the housekeeper. Then we will carry them around into
• 52:12
  Speaker 2: the back yard and burn them where the smoke will
• 52:14
  Speaker 2: not annoy anybody. They worked all the morning. Often the
• 52:19
  Speaker 2: curate would find the volume over which he would linger
• 52:21
  Speaker 2: for some time. He would turn the leafs lovingly and
• 52:25
  Speaker 2: look slyly at the pictures. It's a great pity to
• 52:28
  Speaker 2: burn that out, he would whisper, and then he would
• 52:31
  Speaker 2: lay the book aside for his own reading. The most
• 52:34
  Speaker 2: of the volumes, however, were romances of knighthood, and of
• 52:38
  Speaker 2: really no value. The quickeye of the curate easily detected
• 52:41
  Speaker 2: such trash as these, and they were cast out and
• 52:44
  Speaker 2: doomed to destruction. Towrs noon, everyone began to tire of
• 52:48
  Speaker 2: the business. It's no use to examine any more of
• 52:51
  Speaker 2: these volumes, said the curate.
• 52:53
  Speaker 1: They're all bad. Cast the mound cast them out. The
• 52:56
  Speaker 1: housekeeper was delighted. A bonfire was kindled in the back yard,
• 53:00
  Speaker 1: and while the curate and the barber were resting themselves,
• 53:03
  Speaker 1: she threw into it not only the books that had
• 53:06
  Speaker 1: been condemned, but also the pleasant volumes which the good
• 53:09
  Speaker 1: curate had decided to spare for his own edification. Thus
• 53:13
  Speaker 1: the goods sometimes perished with the bad. In the afternoon,
• 53:18
  Speaker 1: don Quixote awoke from his long sleep. He was so
• 53:21
  Speaker 1: bruised and so lame, however, that he could not rise.
• 53:24
  Speaker 1: He could only lie in bed and feebly mutter the
• 53:26
  Speaker 1: names of the housekeeper.
• 53:28
  Speaker 2: And his niece.
• 53:30
  Speaker 1: They brought him some food, and when he had eaten
• 53:32
  Speaker 1: it and he fell asleep again, it is best to
• 53:35
  Speaker 1: let him rest, whisper the curate, And they left him
• 53:37
  Speaker 1: alone for two whole days. The knight did not go
• 53:41
  Speaker 1: out of his room. That he was well cared for,
• 53:44
  Speaker 1: and though he suffered not a little, he was never
• 53:46
  Speaker 1: heard to complain. While he thus lay helpless in his bed.
• 53:49
  Speaker 1: The curate and the barber paid frequent visits to the house.
• 53:53
  Speaker 1: They spent much time in stopping at the door of
• 53:55
  Speaker 1: the little room where the night's library had been. This
• 53:59
  Speaker 1: they did so cuttingly that the housekeeper herself could not
• 54:01
  Speaker 1: tell exactly where the door had been. If he cannot
• 54:04
  Speaker 1: find the room, he will soon forget about the book,
• 54:06
  Speaker 1: said the curate. On the fourth day, don Quixote was
• 54:09
  Speaker 1: able to walk about a little, but he did not
• 54:11
  Speaker 1: seem to feel sure of himself or of any object
• 54:14
  Speaker 1: about him. The first thing he did was to look
• 54:18
  Speaker 1: for his library. He went feebly up and down the
• 54:22
  Speaker 1: long hallway, trying to find the door he felt of
• 54:26
  Speaker 1: the wall. He groped here and there, and stared confusedly
• 54:30
  Speaker 1: around him. At length he gave up the search. That
• 54:33
  Speaker 1: he said not a word to any one. The next
• 54:36
  Speaker 1: day he spoke to the housekeeper. I do believe that
• 54:39
  Speaker 1: I have lost the way to the study.
• 54:42
  Speaker 2: What study, asked the woman. There is no study in
• 54:45
  Speaker 2: this house.
• 54:47
  Speaker 1: I feel quite sure that I once had a study
• 54:49
  Speaker 1: with many books in it, said don Quixote. Oh that
• 54:53
  Speaker 1: was long ago, answered the housekeeper. But during your sickness,
• 54:58
  Speaker 1: one of those wicked enchants about whom you have read
• 55:01
  Speaker 1: ran away with it. He took not only the room,
• 55:04
  Speaker 1: but all the books that were in it. Don Quixote groaned, Yes, uncle,
• 55:10
  Speaker 1: said the niece. And enchanter did it. He came one
• 55:13
  Speaker 1: night writing in the dragon. He alighted and went into
• 55:16
  Speaker 1: your study, and a little while he flew out through
• 55:19
  Speaker 1: the chimney. He left the house so full of smoke
• 55:22
  Speaker 1: that we could not see our own eyes. We looked
• 55:24
  Speaker 1: everywhere for your library, but could find neither room nor books.
• 55:30
  Speaker 1: I think I know who it was, said Don Quixote.
• 55:33
  Speaker 1: It was that famous enchanter Freston. He has a spite
• 55:36
  Speaker 1: against me and is my worst enemy. You are right, uncle,
• 55:41
  Speaker 1: said the nist. It was either Freston or Friston. At
• 55:45
  Speaker 1: any rate, his name ended with T O n. He
• 55:48
  Speaker 1: is a bad fellow, answered the Knight. No doubt he
• 55:52
  Speaker 1: will try to do me some other mischief. He knows
• 55:55
  Speaker 1: where I live and will come often. But I am
• 55:58
  Speaker 1: not afraid of him. Some day I will meet him
• 56:01
  Speaker 1: in fair fight and vanquish him. Then he arose, and,
• 56:05
  Speaker 1: with his feeble hands, took down the sword which had
• 56:07
  Speaker 1: been hanging over the mantelpiece ever since his sad return.
• 56:11
  Speaker 1: He felt its edge and murmured, Ah, Freston, Freston, thou
• 56:16
  Speaker 1: shalt yet learn of the prowess of the valorous Don
• 56:19
  Speaker 1: Quixote di la Mancha.
• 56:23
  Speaker 2: End of Chapter five.
• 56:25
  Speaker 4: Chapter six, the Choosing of a Squire. For fifteen days,
• 56:31
  Speaker 4: the good old gentleman stayed at home. He moved quietly
• 56:35
  Speaker 4: about the house and seemed happy and contented. The loss
• 56:38
  Speaker 4: of his library did not disturb him. A true knight
• 56:42
  Speaker 4: will bear the disappointments of life with becoming fortitude, he said.
• 56:47
  Speaker 4: The niece, and the housekeeper, and indeed everyone else began
• 56:51
  Speaker 4: to hope that he would forget his strange delusion. They
• 56:54
  Speaker 4: spoke to him cheerfully and tried to keep his mind
• 56:57
  Speaker 4: on other things. The Curate called to see him every day,
• 57:02
  Speaker 4: and they had many pleasant talks, on many pleasant subjects.
• 57:05
  Speaker 4: But always toward the end, don Quixote would ramble back
• 57:09
  Speaker 4: to the thoughts which still seemed uppermost in his memory.
• 57:13
  Speaker 4: I tell you what, my dear friend, he would say,
• 57:16
  Speaker 4: The world would be better off if there were more.
• 57:19
  Speaker 2: Nights in it.
• 57:20
  Speaker 4: What we need most is knights, knights, plenty of knights.
• 57:25
  Speaker 4: Then he would go on for an hour or more,
• 57:27
  Speaker 4: talking upon his favorite subject. The good Curate would nod
• 57:31
  Speaker 4: his head and smile. He knew that it was better
• 57:34
  Speaker 4: to humor his poor friend and let him have.
• 57:36
  Speaker 2: His own way.
• 57:38
  Speaker 4: As the days passed by, don Quixote became more and
• 57:41
  Speaker 4: more uneasy. The house was too quiet for him. He
• 57:45
  Speaker 4: longed to be riding forth in quest of new adventures.
• 57:48
  Speaker 4: He could not think or talk of anything else. But
• 57:52
  Speaker 4: there is one thing lacking, said he to the Curate.
• 57:55
  Speaker 4: I must find me a squire. All the nights that
• 57:59
  Speaker 4: I ever read of, had faithful squires who followed them
• 58:02
  Speaker 4: on their journeys and looked on while they were fighting.
• 58:06
  Speaker 4: The curate smiled and said nothing.
• 58:09
  Speaker 2: Now.
• 58:09
  Speaker 4: There lived in the village a poor man whose name
• 58:12
  Speaker 4: was Sancho Panza. He was a common laborer who had
• 58:15
  Speaker 4: often done odd jobs about don Quixote's farm. He was honest,
• 58:20
  Speaker 4: but poor, poor in purse, and poor in brains. To
• 58:25
  Speaker 4: this man, don Quixote had taken a strange fancy. Almost
• 58:29
  Speaker 4: every day he walked down the street to talk with him.
• 58:32
  Speaker 4: He was just the kind of fellow he wished for
• 58:34
  Speaker 4: his squire. At last, he mentioned the matter Sancho Panza.
• 58:38
  Speaker 4: He said, I am a knight, and I shall soon
• 58:41
  Speaker 4: ride out on a nightly errand you cannot do better
• 58:45
  Speaker 4: than to go with me as my squire. I promise
• 58:48
  Speaker 4: that you shall earn great renown, second only to myself renown,
• 58:52
  Speaker 4: good master, queried Sancho. And what sort of a thing
• 58:55
  Speaker 4: is that? Why your name will be in everybody's mouth,
• 58:59
  Speaker 4: answered don Quixote. All the great ladies and gentlemen will
• 59:03
  Speaker 4: be talking about your achievements. How very fine that will be,
• 59:07
  Speaker 4: said Sancho. And it may happen that in one of
• 59:10
  Speaker 4: my adventures I shall conquer an island, continued don Quixote. Indeed,
• 59:15
  Speaker 4: it is very likely that I shall conquer an island. Then,
• 59:19
  Speaker 4: if you are with me, I will give it to
• 59:21
  Speaker 4: you to be its governor. Well, I don't know much
• 59:24
  Speaker 4: about islands, said Sancho, but I'm sure I should like
• 59:27
  Speaker 4: to govern one. So if you'll promise me the first
• 59:31
  Speaker 4: island you get, I'll be your man. I'll go with
• 59:34
  Speaker 4: you and do as you say. I promise, said Don Quixote.
• 59:38
  Speaker 4: You shall be my squire, and since you will share
• 59:41
  Speaker 4: my labors, you shall also share my rewards. Then followed
• 59:46
  Speaker 4: busy days for Don Quixote. He provided himself with money
• 59:50
  Speaker 4: by selling a part of his farm. He mended his
• 59:53
  Speaker 4: broken armor. He borrowed a lance of a friendly neighbor.
• 59:57
  Speaker 4: He patched up his old helmet as best he could.
• 1:00:00
  Speaker 4: At last everything was in readiness, and the Knight went
• 1:00:03
  Speaker 4: down the street to talk with Sancho Panza. He wished
• 1:00:06
  Speaker 4: to advise him of the hour he expected to start.
• 1:00:10
  Speaker 4: I will be ready, sir, said Sancho, And be sure
• 1:00:12
  Speaker 4: you have with you whatever it is necessary to carry,
• 1:00:15
  Speaker 4: said Don Quixote. Above all things. Bring your wallet, indeed,
• 1:00:19
  Speaker 4: I will, master, said Sancho. And I will also bring
• 1:00:23
  Speaker 4: my dappled donkey along, for I am not much used
• 1:00:26
  Speaker 4: to foot travel. Don Quixote was puzzled. He could not
• 1:00:30
  Speaker 4: remember of reading about any knight whose squire rode on
• 1:00:34
  Speaker 4: a donkey. Yet he feared to offend Sancho lest he
• 1:00:37
  Speaker 4: should lose his services, which now seemed indispensable to him.
• 1:00:42
  Speaker 4: Your dapple donkey, oh, certainly, he said, You may ride
• 1:00:46
  Speaker 4: him until good fortune shall present you with a horse.
• 1:00:49
  Speaker 4: And I promise that the first discourteous knight who meets
• 1:00:52
  Speaker 4: us shall give up his steed to you. I thank you, master,
• 1:00:56
  Speaker 4: said Sancho Panza. But being used to the donkey, I
• 1:01:00
  Speaker 4: shall be more at home on his back than on
• 1:01:02
  Speaker 4: the back of any prancing steed you might give me.
• 1:01:06
  Speaker 4: End of Chapter.
• 1:01:07
  Speaker 5: Six, Chapter seven, The Adventure with the Windmills. Very early
• 1:01:13
  Speaker 5: the next morning, the knight and his squire set out
• 1:01:16
  Speaker 5: on their travels. They stole silently away from the village,
• 1:01:19
  Speaker 5: without bidding goodbye to anyone, and they made such haste
• 1:01:23
  Speaker 5: that at sunrise they felt themselves quite safe from pursuit.
• 1:01:27
  Speaker 5: Don Quixote, riding in full armor astride of gaunt. Rosinante
• 1:01:32
  Speaker 5: felt that he was indeed the most valorous knight in
• 1:01:35
  Speaker 5: the world, and no doubt he was a formidable sight.
• 1:01:38
  Speaker 5: As for Sancho Banza, he rode like a patriarch, with
• 1:01:42
  Speaker 5: his knapsack on one side of him and a leather
• 1:01:44
  Speaker 5: bottle on the other, his feet almost dragging on the ground.
• 1:01:49
  Speaker 5: His mind was full of thoughts about that island of
• 1:01:51
  Speaker 5: which he hoped to be the governor. The sun rose
• 1:01:54
  Speaker 5: high above the hills. The two travelers jogged onwards across
• 1:01:58
  Speaker 5: the plains of Montielle. Both were silent, for both had
• 1:02:02
  Speaker 5: high purposes in view. At length, Sancho Panza spoke, I
• 1:02:06
  Speaker 5: beseech you, sir, knight Errant, be sure to remember the
• 1:02:10
  Speaker 5: island you promised me. I dare say I shall make
• 1:02:13
  Speaker 5: out to governess. Let it be ever so big. Don
• 1:02:16
  Speaker 5: Quixote answered with becoming dignity. Friend, Sancho, you must know
• 1:02:21
  Speaker 5: that it has always been the custom of knights errant
• 1:02:23
  Speaker 5: to conquer islands and put their squires over them as governors.
• 1:02:28
  Speaker 5: Now it is my intention to keep up that good custom.
• 1:02:31
  Speaker 5: You are indeed a rare master, said Sancho Panza. Well,
• 1:02:35
  Speaker 5: I am thinking I might even improve upon that good custom,
• 1:02:39
  Speaker 5: said Don Quixote. What if I should conquer three or
• 1:02:42
  Speaker 5: four islands and set you up as master of them all?
• 1:02:46
  Speaker 5: You could do nothing that would please me better, answered Sancho.
• 1:02:50
  Speaker 5: While they were thus riding and talking, they came to
• 1:02:53
  Speaker 5: a place where there were a great many windmills. There
• 1:02:56
  Speaker 5: seemed to be thirty or forty of them scattered here
• 1:02:59
  Speaker 5: and there on the plane, And when the wind blew,
• 1:03:02
  Speaker 5: their long white arms seemed to wave and beckon in
• 1:03:05
  Speaker 5: a droll and most threatening manner. Don Quixote drew rein
• 1:03:09
  Speaker 5: and paused in the middle of the road. There there
• 1:03:13
  Speaker 5: he cried, fortune is with us. Look yonder, Sancho, I
• 1:03:17
  Speaker 5: see at least thirty huge giants, and I intend to
• 1:03:21
  Speaker 5: fight all of them. When I have overcome and slain them,
• 1:03:24
  Speaker 5: we will enrich ourselves with their spoils. What giants, asked
• 1:03:28
  Speaker 5: Sancho Panza, Why those who were standing in the fields
• 1:03:32
  Speaker 5: just before us, answered the Knight. See their long arms.
• 1:03:36
  Speaker 5: I have read that some of their race had arms
• 1:03:38
  Speaker 5: which reached more than two miles. Look at them, better, masters,
• 1:03:42
  Speaker 5: said Sancho. Those are not giants, They are windmills. The
• 1:03:47
  Speaker 5: things which you call arms are sails, and they flap
• 1:03:50
  Speaker 5: around when the wind blows. Friend Sancho, said the knight
• 1:03:54
  Speaker 5: very sternly. It is plain that you are not used
• 1:03:57
  Speaker 5: to adventures. I tell you those things are giants. If
• 1:04:02
  Speaker 5: you are afraid, go and hide yourself and say your prayers.
• 1:04:05
  Speaker 5: I shall attack them at once without another word. He
• 1:04:09
  Speaker 5: spurred Rosinante into a sturdy trot, and was soon right
• 1:04:12
  Speaker 5: in the midst of the windmills. Stand cowards, he cried,
• 1:04:17
  Speaker 5: stand your ground, Do not fly from a single knight
• 1:04:20
  Speaker 5: who dares you all to meet him in a fair fight.
• 1:04:23
  Speaker 5: At that moment, the wind began to blow briskly, and
• 1:04:27
  Speaker 5: all the mill sails were set moving. They seemed to
• 1:04:30
  Speaker 5: be answering his challenge. He paused a moment. Oh my Dulcinea,
• 1:04:35
  Speaker 5: fairest of ladies, he cried, help me in this perilous adventure.
• 1:04:41
  Speaker 5: Then he couched his lance. He covered himself with his shield.
• 1:04:45
  Speaker 5: He rushed, with Rosinante's utmost speed upon the nearest windmill.
• 1:04:49
  Speaker 5: The long lance struck into one of the whirling sails,
• 1:04:53
  Speaker 5: and was carried upwards with such swiftness that it was
• 1:04:56
  Speaker 5: torn from the night's firm grasp, it was whirled into
• 1:05:00
  Speaker 5: air and broken into shivers. At the same moment, the
• 1:05:04
  Speaker 5: Knight and his steed were hurled forward and thrown rolling
• 1:05:07
  Speaker 5: upon the ground. Sancho Panza hurried to the place as
• 1:05:10
  Speaker 5: quickly as his dappled donkey could carry him. His master
• 1:05:14
  Speaker 5: was lying helpless by the roadside. The helmet had fallen
• 1:05:18
  Speaker 5: from his head, and the shield had been hurled to
• 1:05:20
  Speaker 5: the farther side of the hedge. Mercy on me, master,
• 1:05:24
  Speaker 5: cried the squire. Didn't I tell you they were windmills, Peace, friend,
• 1:05:28
  Speaker 5: Sancho answered Don Quixote, rubbing the dust from his eyes.
• 1:05:33
  Speaker 5: There is nothing so uncertain as war. That wicked enchanter Freston,
• 1:05:38
  Speaker 5: who stole my books, has done all this. They were giants,
• 1:05:41
  Speaker 5: as I told you, But he changed them into windmills,
• 1:05:44
  Speaker 5: so that I should not have the honor of victory.
• 1:05:47
  Speaker 5: But mind you, Sancho, I will get even with him
• 1:05:50
  Speaker 5: in the end. So be it, say, I, cried Sancho.
• 1:05:54
  Speaker 5: As he dismounted from his donkey, he lifted the fallen
• 1:05:57
  Speaker 5: Knight from the ground. He brought his shield and adjusted
• 1:06:01
  Speaker 5: the helmet. Then he led his unlucky steed to his side.
• 1:06:05
  Speaker 5: And helped him to remount. The sun was now sloping
• 1:06:08
  Speaker 5: towards the west, and the Knight and squire rode thoughtfully
• 1:06:11
  Speaker 5: onward across the plain of Montiel end of chapter.
• 1:06:16
  Speaker 4: Seven, Chapter eight, the Adventure with the Monks. Through all
• 1:06:22
  Speaker 4: that afternoon, don Quixote and his squire jogged slowly along,
• 1:06:27
  Speaker 4: and neither house or other friendly shelter did they see.
• 1:06:32
  Speaker 4: The sun had gone down and twilight was darkening when
• 1:06:35
  Speaker 4: they saw near the road a clump of green trees,
• 1:06:38
  Speaker 4: which seemed to offer them a safe resting place. Here,
• 1:06:42
  Speaker 4: Sancho said the Knight, let us go no farther. Since
• 1:06:45
  Speaker 4: there is no castle, nor even an inn in this
• 1:06:48
  Speaker 4: barren country, we must lodge here in this grove. They dismounted,
• 1:06:53
  Speaker 4: and while Sancho was caring for the animals, don Quixote
• 1:06:57
  Speaker 4: strolled around among the trees. On an old oak, he
• 1:07:01
  Speaker 4: found a withered branch some ten feet long and quite
• 1:07:04
  Speaker 4: smooth and straight. With much labor, he wrenched it from
• 1:07:08
  Speaker 4: the tree. He carried it back to his lodging place,
• 1:07:11
  Speaker 4: and began with much patience to remove the twigs from it.
• 1:07:15
  Speaker 4: This will serve me instead of the lance which I
• 1:07:18
  Speaker 4: lost in my encounter with the windmill, he said, I
• 1:07:21
  Speaker 4: have read of nights who used such makeshifts and did
• 1:07:25
  Speaker 4: wonderful deeds with them. Night came on. He sat silently
• 1:07:30
  Speaker 4: upon the bare ground and looked at the stars. His
• 1:07:34
  Speaker 4: mind was full of the stories he had read of
• 1:07:36
  Speaker 4: heroes and forests and in deserts keeping guard through the
• 1:07:40
  Speaker 4: hours of darkness, And so he sat bravely awake until
• 1:07:45
  Speaker 4: the morning dawned. As for Sancho Panza, he did not
• 1:07:50
  Speaker 4: spend the night in that foolish fashion. He sprawled himself
• 1:07:54
  Speaker 4: upon a bed of leaves, closed his eyes, and made
• 1:07:57
  Speaker 4: one nap of it. Had not his master awakened him,
• 1:08:00
  Speaker 4: he would have slept till high noon. They lost no
• 1:08:04
  Speaker 4: time in breakfasting. To the valorous Don Quixote, the day
• 1:08:08
  Speaker 4: held so many promises that he was unwilling to waste
• 1:08:11
  Speaker 4: a moment. They saddled their steeds, they mounted, and were
• 1:08:15
  Speaker 4: away with the rising of the sun. After many miles
• 1:08:19
  Speaker 4: of travel, they came at length to a more rugged country,
• 1:08:23
  Speaker 4: and in the afternoon they entered the pass of La Pie,
• 1:08:26
  Speaker 4: where the road runs through a narrow valley between rocky hills. Here,
• 1:08:31
  Speaker 4: Sancho said Don Quixote, here is the place where we
• 1:08:34
  Speaker 4: may have our fill of adventures. Do you think that
• 1:08:38
  Speaker 4: you will find me that island somewhere near, asked Sancho Panza. Indeed,
• 1:08:43
  Speaker 4: I cannot say, answered his master. But I wish to
• 1:08:46
  Speaker 4: caution you on a very particular point. It is I
• 1:08:50
  Speaker 4: that am to do the fighting. You may see me
• 1:08:53
  Speaker 4: in great danger and beset by many foes, but you
• 1:08:57
  Speaker 4: must not offer to fight for me unless you know
• 1:09:00
  Speaker 4: that those foes are only common scoundrels. The laws of
• 1:09:04
  Speaker 4: chivalry forbid a squire to encounter a knight. I see,
• 1:09:10
  Speaker 4: I see, said Sancho. And I shall do as you say,
• 1:09:13
  Speaker 4: for I was never any great hand at fighting, and
• 1:09:16
  Speaker 4: I don't get into quarrels with anyone. If I can
• 1:09:19
  Speaker 4: help it for a man in your humble station, that
• 1:09:23
  Speaker 4: is right, said Don Quixote. Still, if a knight should
• 1:09:27
  Speaker 4: set upon me first, said Sancho, I am not sure,
• 1:09:30
  Speaker 4: but that I would give him a few hard whacks,
• 1:09:33
  Speaker 4: that would be right. And I will not forbid it,
• 1:09:35
  Speaker 4: said Don Quixote. But as for helping me against any
• 1:09:39
  Speaker 4: knight or knights, I command you not to do it.
• 1:09:44
  Speaker 4: I'll obey you. I'll obey you, master, said Sancho, I
• 1:09:47
  Speaker 4: have no desire to encounter any knight or knights. While
• 1:09:52
  Speaker 4: they were thus talking, they saw two monks writing leisurely
• 1:09:56
  Speaker 4: down the path towards them. The monks were dressed in
• 1:09:59
  Speaker 4: black robes and mounted on mules so high and stately
• 1:10:03
  Speaker 4: as to look like travelers on the backs of camels.
• 1:10:06
  Speaker 2: They wore masks.
• 1:10:07
  Speaker 4: Over their faces to keep off the dust, and each
• 1:10:11
  Speaker 4: held an umbrella above him as a shield from the sun.
• 1:10:15
  Speaker 4: A little way behind the monks there came a four
• 1:10:17
  Speaker 4: wheeled coach drawn by two small horses. Following this were
• 1:10:23
  Speaker 4: four or five mounted men and two mule drivers on foot.
• 1:10:28
  Speaker 4: Inside of the coach sat a richly dressed lady who
• 1:10:31
  Speaker 4: was traveling to the nearest city. I think we are
• 1:10:35
  Speaker 4: about to have a famous adventure, said Don Quixote. Why so,
• 1:10:39
  Speaker 4: asked Sancho. Well, I am quite sure that those two
• 1:10:44
  Speaker 4: persons in black are magicians who are carrying away some
• 1:10:48
  Speaker 4: princesses in that coach. It is my duty to prevent
• 1:10:52
  Speaker 4: so wicked an act. Ah, sighed Sancho. I'm afraid this
• 1:10:57
  Speaker 4: will be a worse affair than the windmills. The next moment,
• 1:11:02
  Speaker 4: Don Quixote gave spur to his steed and galloped forward
• 1:11:06
  Speaker 4: in the middle of the road to meet the approaching monks.
• 1:11:09
  Speaker 4: Halt there, you lawless magicians, he cried, I command you
• 1:11:13
  Speaker 4: to give those high born princesses their freedom, or else
• 1:11:17
  Speaker 4: prepare for instant death. The monks stopped their mules and
• 1:11:22
  Speaker 4: lifted their masks. They wondered what sort of man this
• 1:11:26
  Speaker 4: was whom they had met. For indeed, he made a
• 1:11:29
  Speaker 4: strange appearance. Sir Knight, they cried, we are not magicians.
• 1:11:34
  Speaker 4: We are religious men going about our own affairs. We
• 1:11:38
  Speaker 4: know nothing about any princesses. You can't deceive me, answered
• 1:11:43
  Speaker 4: don Quixote, I know you well enough, and none of
• 1:11:46
  Speaker 4: your enchantments will prevail against me. Then, without further parley,
• 1:11:51
  Speaker 4: he couched his lance, set spurs to his steed, and
• 1:11:55
  Speaker 4: dashed furiously upon the nearest monk. The monk, taken by surprise,
• 1:12:01
  Speaker 4: flung himself to the ground on the farther side of
• 1:12:03
  Speaker 4: his mule. In this way he saved his life, for
• 1:12:07
  Speaker 4: had Don Quixote struck him with the rude lance from
• 1:12:09
  Speaker 4: the oak tree, he would certainly have been killed. The
• 1:12:13
  Speaker 4: other monk was badly Frightened, he lashed his mule's flanks
• 1:12:17
  Speaker 4: and fled out of the pass and over the plain
• 1:12:19
  Speaker 4: as though racing with the wind. By this time Sancho
• 1:12:23
  Speaker 4: Panza had come up. He slipped quickly from his donkey's
• 1:12:27
  Speaker 4: back and ran up to the first monk, who was
• 1:12:29
  Speaker 4: still on the ground, and began to strip him of
• 1:12:32
  Speaker 4: his robe. Why do you do that, you robber, cried
• 1:12:35
  Speaker 4: the two mule drivers, who were in fact servants of
• 1:12:38
  Speaker 4: the monks. I'm not a robber, answered Sancho. I'm only
• 1:12:42
  Speaker 4: taking the spoils which my master has lawfully won in battle.
• 1:12:47
  Speaker 4: But the rude fellows cared nothing for his words. They
• 1:12:50
  Speaker 4: fell upon him and beat him without mercy. They threw
• 1:12:53
  Speaker 4: him into a ditch by the roadside. They stamped upon him,
• 1:12:57
  Speaker 4: and left him sprawling in the mud without censor. The monk,
• 1:13:02
  Speaker 4: seeing that don Quixote had ridden onward, now climbed upon
• 1:13:05
  Speaker 4: his mule as quickly as possible. With whip and spur,
• 1:13:09
  Speaker 4: he urged the poor beast forward and went speeding away
• 1:13:12
  Speaker 4: after his friend. He neither paused nor looked behind until
• 1:13:16
  Speaker 4: he was safely out.
• 1:13:17
  Speaker 2: Of the pass.
• 1:13:19
  Speaker 4: In the meanwhile, don Quixote had halted the coach and
• 1:13:22
  Speaker 4: dismounted beside it. He looked in at the door and
• 1:13:26
  Speaker 4: began to address the lady fair princess. He said, I
• 1:13:30
  Speaker 4: am the valorous knight, don Quixote de la Mancha. I
• 1:13:34
  Speaker 4: have given battle to your captors, and I am pleased
• 1:13:37
  Speaker 4: to say that you are now delivered from their power.
• 1:13:42
  Speaker 4: I ask no recompense for my valorous deed, but I
• 1:13:45
  Speaker 4: beg that you go on to Toboso and there tell
• 1:13:49
  Speaker 4: my lady Dulcinea of the great service I have rendered
• 1:13:52
  Speaker 4: to you. At that moment, one of the ladies squires
• 1:13:56
  Speaker 4: came riding up.
• 1:13:57
  Speaker 2: In haste.
• 1:13:58
  Speaker 4: He seized the stick, which don Quixote called his lance,
• 1:14:02
  Speaker 4: and wrenched it from his hands. Get gone, he cried
• 1:14:06
  Speaker 4: in bad Spanish. Leave the coach, or I'll kill thee
• 1:14:09
  Speaker 4: as sure as I am a Biscayan. Were you a gentleman,
• 1:14:13
  Speaker 4: as you are not, I would chastise you as you deserve,
• 1:14:17
  Speaker 4: said don Quixote. What cried the Biscayan, Me, no gentleman.
• 1:14:23
  Speaker 4: I'll show thee that I am a gentleman, a gentleman
• 1:14:26
  Speaker 4: by land, a gentleman by sea, a gentleman in spite
• 1:14:30
  Speaker 4: of everything. Then if you are a gentleman, I will
• 1:14:34
  Speaker 4: try titles with you, said Don Quixote. With that he
• 1:14:39
  Speaker 4: remounted with surprising quickness, and sword in hand dashed furiously
• 1:14:44
  Speaker 4: upon the Biscayan. The fellow was so taken by surprise
• 1:14:48
  Speaker 4: that had not his unruly mule reared and leaped to
• 1:14:52
  Speaker 4: one side, he might have fared badly in the encounter.
• 1:14:56
  Speaker 4: But quickly recovering himself, he snatched a cushion from the
• 1:14:59
  Speaker 4: coat to serve as a shield, and with his other
• 1:15:02
  Speaker 4: hand drew his sword. The lady screamed, Her coachman, cracking
• 1:15:08
  Speaker 4: his whip, drove away at a rattling speed. The road
• 1:15:12
  Speaker 4: was left clear for the desperate combat. With swords raised
• 1:15:16
  Speaker 4: in the air, Don Quixote and the Biscayan faced about
• 1:15:19
  Speaker 4: and glared fiercely at each other. The foot servants and
• 1:15:23
  Speaker 4: mule drivers, who now came running forward, tried in vain
• 1:15:27
  Speaker 4: to pacify them. Don Quixote would not so much as
• 1:15:30
  Speaker 4: look at them. Oh, Dulcinea, thou flower of beauty, he cried,
• 1:15:36
  Speaker 4: lend help to me, thy champion, in this most dangerous encounter.
• 1:15:40
  Speaker 4: At the next moment, the Biscayan's sword fell with a
• 1:15:44
  Speaker 4: mighty blow upon his back. Had not his armor been
• 1:15:47
  Speaker 4: of such rare good metal, his body would have been
• 1:15:50
  Speaker 4: cleft in halves. Luckily, however, no harm was done save
• 1:15:55
  Speaker 4: to the edge of the Biscayan's weapon. Don Quixote steadied
• 1:15:59
  Speaker 4: himself recovering from the blow. He gripped his sword with
• 1:16:03
  Speaker 4: a firmer grasp. He raised it high in the air.
• 1:16:06
  Speaker 4: He gathered all his strength for the final stroke. The
• 1:16:10
  Speaker 4: servants and mule drivers who saw him were terrified by
• 1:16:13
  Speaker 4: his rage. The lady and the coach, who was now
• 1:16:16
  Speaker 4: looking back from a safe distance, clasped her hands and
• 1:16:20
  Speaker 4: vowed to the saints to do all sorts of good
• 1:16:22
  Speaker 4: deeds if only her squire might escape from his deadly peril.
• 1:16:27
  Speaker 4: But why should I prolong this chapter to describe the
• 1:16:30
  Speaker 4: result of that ever memorable conflict. Here you may see
• 1:16:34
  Speaker 4: the biscay in struggling with his unruly mule, covering himself
• 1:16:38
  Speaker 4: with his cushion, and swinging his battered sword in the air.
• 1:16:42
  Speaker 4: And here you may behold the valorous don Quixote de
• 1:16:45
  Speaker 4: la Mancha, with a flifted blade, urging his steed to
• 1:16:49
  Speaker 4: the conflict. And but let us draw the curtain and
• 1:16:54
  Speaker 4: end the chapter. Without another word. End of Chapter.
• 1:16:59
  Speaker 1: Eight, Chapter nine, The Lost Helmet. Doubtless you have already
• 1:17:03
  Speaker 1: guessed how the great compact between Don Quixote and the
• 1:17:06
  Speaker 1: biscay And ended. As the knight rush blindly forward, his
• 1:17:10
  Speaker 1: enemy's sword descended for the second time. Had it not
• 1:17:13
  Speaker 1: turned in his hand, the story of Don Quixote would
• 1:17:16
  Speaker 1: be ended here. Luckily, However, it did no further damage
• 1:17:20
  Speaker 1: than to destroy the nine's helment and shave off half
• 1:17:22
  Speaker 1: of his left eagar. Before don Quixote could return to blow,
• 1:17:26
  Speaker 1: the Biscayan's mule became unmanageable. It had leapt suddenly forward
• 1:17:31
  Speaker 1: and ran with great speed into the open plain. It
• 1:17:34
  Speaker 1: ran straight for the lady's coach, but in vaulting over
• 1:17:37
  Speaker 1: a brook, it trusted its body so suddenly as the
• 1:17:39
  Speaker 1: hurl its master to the ground. The poor Biscayon was
• 1:17:43
  Speaker 1: stunned by the fall. He lay helpless and senseless in
• 1:17:46
  Speaker 1: the mud and mire. Don Quixote was not far behind.
• 1:17:51
  Speaker 1: He checked his steed when in full gallop, and slipped
• 1:17:53
  Speaker 1: nimbly from the saddle. He ran to his fallen foe
• 1:17:56
  Speaker 1: and set the point of his sword against his breast.
• 1:17:59
  Speaker 1: Now yield thee as a recreant, or thy head shall
• 1:18:02
  Speaker 1: pay the forfeit. He cried the biscay and scarcely heard him,
• 1:18:06
  Speaker 1: but lay species at his feet. There is no telling
• 1:18:09
  Speaker 1: what might have happened had not. The lady leaped from
• 1:18:11
  Speaker 1: the coach and ran to the rescue.
• 1:18:14
  Speaker 2: With tears.
• 1:18:14
  Speaker 1: She besought don Quixote to spare the life of her
• 1:18:17
  Speaker 1: faithful squire. Truly must, beautiful lady, said the victorious knight.
• 1:18:22
  Speaker 1: I will grant your request. I will spare his life
• 1:18:25
  Speaker 1: on one condition. What is the condition, asked the lady.
• 1:18:30
  Speaker 1: He must give me his word of honor, answered Don Quixote,
• 1:18:33
  Speaker 1: that he will go straightway to the Bosso at do Bosso.
• 1:18:36
  Speaker 1: He must present himself and my name to the peerless
• 1:18:40
  Speaker 1: lady Dulcinea. She will dispose of him as she thinks best.
• 1:18:45
  Speaker 1: I promise it for him, said the lady. He will
• 1:18:47
  Speaker 1: do all that you require of him. Then he may live,
• 1:18:51
  Speaker 1: said Don Quixote. He bowed gallantly to the lady. He
• 1:18:54
  Speaker 1: remounted his steed. He turned himself with great dignity, and
• 1:18:58
  Speaker 1: resumed his journey as though nothing had happened. Sancho Panza
• 1:19:03
  Speaker 1: was not long overtaking his master. He rode up to
• 1:19:06
  Speaker 1: him and seized his hand. If it please you, my
• 1:19:09
  Speaker 1: good don Quixote, he said, don't forget to make me
• 1:19:11
  Speaker 1: governor of the island you have run in this great fight,
• 1:19:16
  Speaker 1: brother Sancho, answered Don Quixote, These are not adventures of islands.
• 1:19:21
  Speaker 1: These are only little skirmishes along the road. We can
• 1:19:24
  Speaker 1: expect from them, nothing more than broken heads and bleeding ears.
• 1:19:28
  Speaker 1: But I have patience. Have patience. Perhaps in the next
• 1:19:31
  Speaker 1: adventure I shall conquer a kingdom. How nice that would be,
• 1:19:37
  Speaker 1: said Sancho. But does not your ear give you pain?
• 1:19:41
  Speaker 1: Ant is only a trifle, answered don Quixote. No true
• 1:19:44
  Speaker 1: knight ever complains of trifles when he permits his wounds
• 1:19:48
  Speaker 1: to be dressed. Come, I have some lint in little
• 1:19:51
  Speaker 1: white cell in my wallet. They paused beneath a spreading tree,
• 1:19:55
  Speaker 1: and while Sancho was binding up the bleeding ear, his
• 1:19:58
  Speaker 1: master kept on talking. Friend Sancho, He asked, did you
• 1:20:02
  Speaker 1: ever read an history of any knight who showed more
• 1:20:05
  Speaker 1: skill or greater activity than I did in this memorable combat? No, never,
• 1:20:11
  Speaker 1: answered Sancho. I can safely say that I never, in
• 1:20:14
  Speaker 1: any book of history read of any knight so active
• 1:20:17
  Speaker 1: as you, For you must know that I never learned
• 1:20:20
  Speaker 1: to read, nor even to write. Be very gentle friend, Sancho,
• 1:20:26
  Speaker 1: said Don Quixote, wincing under his rough surgery. The boldest
• 1:20:30
  Speaker 1: knight has feelings after the battle has been won. Never
• 1:20:34
  Speaker 1: did I serve a bolder knight than you, good master,
• 1:20:36
  Speaker 1: answered Sancho. And your ears now very gently dressed, don Quixote,
• 1:20:41
  Speaker 1: you put up his hand to touch the injured part,
• 1:20:43
  Speaker 1: And as he did so, he discovered for the first
• 1:20:45
  Speaker 1: time the loss of his helmet. Tell me, Sancho, where
• 1:20:49
  Speaker 1: is my helmet?
• 1:20:50
  Speaker 2: He cried?
• 1:20:52
  Speaker 1: Uh, I think you lost it in the field of battle,
• 1:20:54
  Speaker 1: answered the squire. Don Quixote. Forgot the dignity that belongs
• 1:20:58
  Speaker 1: to knighthood. He could scarcely be made to believe that
• 1:21:01
  Speaker 1: his helmet was not still on his head. Then he
• 1:21:04
  Speaker 1: began to rave. You would have thought him stark, staring mad,
• 1:21:10
  Speaker 1: But in a few minutes he became more calm. With
• 1:21:13
  Speaker 1: his right hand on his sword, he lifted his eyes
• 1:21:15
  Speaker 1: toward the tree tops and made a solemn vow. Never
• 1:21:19
  Speaker 1: while I live, said he will I eat bread on
• 1:21:22
  Speaker 1: a table cloth till I have taken revenge on the night,
• 1:21:26
  Speaker 1: and has done me this injury, dear master, said Sancho,
• 1:21:30
  Speaker 1: Think on what you are saying this. The fellow who
• 1:21:33
  Speaker 1: split your helmet has gone on to Toboso according to
• 1:21:36
  Speaker 1: promise to deliver himself to the lady Dulcinea. Are you
• 1:21:39
  Speaker 1: not already even with him? It may be as you say,
• 1:21:45
  Speaker 1: answered don Quote. I will therefore change the birding of
• 1:21:48
  Speaker 1: my vow and declare that, never so long as I live,
• 1:21:51
  Speaker 1: while I eat bread on a table cloth, that I
• 1:21:53
  Speaker 1: have captured another helmet as good as the one that
• 1:21:56
  Speaker 1: I have lost. So first, good, said Sancho. But suppose
• 1:22:02
  Speaker 1: we should not for a long time meet any one
• 1:22:04
  Speaker 1: with a helmet on? Think of this sad case we
• 1:22:06
  Speaker 1: shall be in. There are few who travel this road
• 1:22:09
  Speaker 1: except wagoners and mule drivers, and they never wear helmets.
• 1:22:13
  Speaker 1: Ay you are mistaken, answered don Quixote. Before we go
• 1:22:17
  Speaker 1: much further, you shall see more men in arms than
• 1:22:20
  Speaker 1: you ever dreamed of. Sancho Panza made no reply. He
• 1:22:25
  Speaker 1: remounted his donkey, and the two rode onward through the
• 1:22:28
  Speaker 1: pass of La Pais. As they rode, they beguiled the
• 1:22:32
  Speaker 1: time with much talk concerting knighthood and other matters of
• 1:22:35
  Speaker 1: less lofty and inspiring. They journeyed slowly through the hill
• 1:22:38
  Speaker 1: country beyond the pass. At night they rested in the
• 1:22:41
  Speaker 1: friendly inn. And the next day, and for many days
• 1:22:44
  Speaker 1: they jogged aimlessly along, ready for any new adventures and adventures.
• 1:22:49
  Speaker 1: They had in great plenty, perilous adventures, amusing adventures, chivalrous adventures.
• 1:22:57
  Speaker 1: But of all the persons whom they met, there was
• 1:22:59
  Speaker 1: not one who wore a helmet. Don Quixote was therefore
• 1:23:03
  Speaker 1: obliged to ride bareheaded and to eat bread from uncovered tables.
• 1:23:09
  Speaker 4: End of Chapter nine, Chapter ten, The Adventure with the Sheep.
• 1:23:15
  Speaker 4: One day, as they passed the crest of a hill,
• 1:23:18
  Speaker 4: they saw a great cloud of dust rising in the
• 1:23:20
  Speaker 4: road at some distance below them. Don Quixote's eyes flashed
• 1:23:25
  Speaker 4: with excitement as he watched it. The day has come, Sancho,
• 1:23:29
  Speaker 4: he cried, The day has come that shall bring us
• 1:23:32
  Speaker 4: good fortune and happiness. Now I shall perform an exploit
• 1:23:37
  Speaker 4: that will be remembered through the ages. Seest thou that
• 1:23:41
  Speaker 4: cloud of dust, Sancho, I see it, brave Master, answered
• 1:23:45
  Speaker 4: the squire. Well, that dust is raised by an army
• 1:23:49
  Speaker 4: that is marching this way, said don Quixote. It is
• 1:23:52
  Speaker 4: a mighty army made up of many nations.
• 1:23:56
  Speaker 2: If that is the.
• 1:23:56
  Speaker 4: Case, said Sancho, there must be two armies, for over
• 1:24:00
  Speaker 4: to the left of us there is another cloud of dust.
• 1:24:03
  Speaker 4: Don Quixote looked, and his heart was filled with joy,
• 1:24:07
  Speaker 4: for he firmly believed that two vast armies were marching
• 1:24:10
  Speaker 4: towards each other and about to meet in battle. His
• 1:24:14
  Speaker 4: mind was so filled with fights, adventures, enchantments, and other
• 1:24:19
  Speaker 4: wonderful things which he had read about, that his fancy
• 1:24:22
  Speaker 4: easily changed everything he saw into something that he wished
• 1:24:26
  Speaker 4: to see. Even his own eyes could not make him
• 1:24:29
  Speaker 4: believe that the dust was raised by two large flocks
• 1:24:33
  Speaker 4: of sheep which were being driven along the road. He
• 1:24:36
  Speaker 4: was so positive about the two armies that even Sancho
• 1:24:40
  Speaker 4: soon began to feel that he was right. Well, Sir,
• 1:24:44
  Speaker 4: what are we to do now, asked the squire. Our
• 1:24:47
  Speaker 4: duty is plain, answered the knight. What ought we to
• 1:24:50
  Speaker 4: do but aid the weaker and injured side. The army
• 1:24:53
  Speaker 4: in front of us is commanded by the Great Alifan Fharon,
• 1:24:58
  Speaker 4: Emperor of the vast island of India. The army on
• 1:25:01
  Speaker 4: our left is led by his enemy, King Pentapolen, of
• 1:25:06
  Speaker 4: the naked arm. Pray tell me, brave master, said Sancho,
• 1:25:10
  Speaker 4: what is the cause of the trouble? Why are those
• 1:25:13
  Speaker 4: two great men going thus together by the ears? It
• 1:25:17
  Speaker 4: is the old old story, answered Don Quixote. Alifanfaron is
• 1:25:22
  Speaker 4: a pagan, and he is in love with Pentapoleon's daughter,
• 1:25:25
  Speaker 4: who is a Christian, but he shall not have her
• 1:25:28
  Speaker 4: unless he becomes converted and gives up his false belief. No, never,
• 1:25:34
  Speaker 4: cried Sancho. I will stand by Pentapolon and his daughter
• 1:25:38
  Speaker 4: and help them all I can. You are right, said
• 1:25:41
  Speaker 4: Don Quixote. There is no need of being a knight
• 1:25:44
  Speaker 4: to fight in such battles. Men of all conditions may
• 1:25:47
  Speaker 4: take part in this conflict. Then, pointing to the clouds
• 1:25:51
  Speaker 4: of dust with his long finger, he described the various
• 1:25:55
  Speaker 4: warriors whom he imagined were marching to the conflict. Sancho
• 1:25:59
  Speaker 4: Panza listened in silence. He turned his eyes this way
• 1:26:03
  Speaker 4: and that, trying to see the knights and valiant men
• 1:26:06
  Speaker 4: whom his master was naming. At last, growing impatient, he cried,
• 1:26:11
  Speaker 4: you might as well tell me it is snowing, for
• 1:26:14
  Speaker 4: not a man nor a knight can I see either
• 1:26:16
  Speaker 4: in this cloud? Of dust or in that indeed, answered
• 1:26:20
  Speaker 4: don Quixote. But don't you hear their horses? Nay, their
• 1:26:24
  Speaker 4: trumpets sound, their drums beat not, I said Sancho. I
• 1:26:30
  Speaker 4: opened my ears very wide, and I hear nothing but
• 1:26:33
  Speaker 4: the bleating of sheep. And now the two flocks were
• 1:26:36
  Speaker 4: drawing very near to them, and the sheep could not
• 1:26:39
  Speaker 4: only be heard, but plainly seen. You are frightened, Sancho said,
• 1:26:44
  Speaker 4: don Quixote, go hide yourself in some safe place, while
• 1:26:47
  Speaker 4: I alone charge into the ranks of the heathen. Then
• 1:26:51
  Speaker 4: he couched his lance, set spurs to rosinante, and rushed
• 1:26:56
  Speaker 4: onward like a thunderbolt to meet the nearest flock. Sancho
• 1:27:00
  Speaker 4: Panza looked after him in amazement. Hold sir, he cried,
• 1:27:04
  Speaker 4: come back, are you mad? Those are sheep? And neither
• 1:27:08
  Speaker 4: Pagans nor Christians? Come back, I say, But don Quixote
• 1:27:13
  Speaker 4: did not hear him. He rode forward furiously. Courage brave knights,
• 1:27:18
  Speaker 4: he shouted, march up, fall on the victory is ours,
• 1:27:23
  Speaker 4: Follow me and take your revenge. He charged into the
• 1:27:28
  Speaker 4: midst of the flock. He thrust right and left and
• 1:27:32
  Speaker 4: began to spear the poor dumb creatures as gallantly as
• 1:27:36
  Speaker 4: though they were his mortal enemies. The men who were
• 1:27:39
  Speaker 4: driving the sheep called out to him, but he.
• 1:27:41
  Speaker 2: Would not listen.
• 1:27:43
  Speaker 4: He rushed madly this way, and that the sheep were
• 1:27:46
  Speaker 4: routed and trampled upon in a most terrible manner. Where
• 1:27:51
  Speaker 4: is the general of this army, cried don Quixote. Where
• 1:27:54
  Speaker 4: art thou, cried, alifan pharon? See here is a single
• 1:27:59
  Speaker 4: knight who challenges THEE to combat, and who will punish
• 1:28:02
  Speaker 4: THEE for this unjust war. Shepherds were now greatly alarmed.
• 1:28:08
  Speaker 4: They ran forward and began to throw stones at the night.
• 1:28:11
  Speaker 4: Some of these, as big as a man's fist, flew
• 1:28:15
  Speaker 4: close about his ears, some fell upon his shield, and
• 1:28:19
  Speaker 4: others belabored the back end sides of unhappy Rosinante. But
• 1:28:24
  Speaker 4: paying no attention to this shower of missiles, don Quixote
• 1:28:27
  Speaker 4: rode unafraid, shouting as though in the thick of battle,
• 1:28:31
  Speaker 4: and seeking everywhere for some worthy foe. Where art thou, alifanfaron?
• 1:28:37
  Speaker 4: He cried again, But just at that moment a stone
• 1:28:41
  Speaker 4: struck him in the side with such force as almost
• 1:28:44
  Speaker 4: to break his ribs. He reeled in his saddle. He
• 1:28:48
  Speaker 4: felt sure that he was killed, or at least badly wounded.
• 1:28:52
  Speaker 4: But he remembered the bottle of healing balsam, which the
• 1:28:55
  Speaker 4: innkeeper had advised him to carry, and he felt in
• 1:28:59
  Speaker 4: his pocket for it. He was about to put the
• 1:29:02
  Speaker 4: bottle to his lips when bang, another stone came whizzing
• 1:29:06
  Speaker 4: through the air. It broke the bottle, It maimed his hand.
• 1:29:10
  Speaker 4: It struck him fairly on the mouth. Such a blow
• 1:29:14
  Speaker 4: was too much for the valiant Knight to withstand. He
• 1:29:17
  Speaker 4: fell from his horse and lay upon the ground as
• 1:29:20
  Speaker 4: though dead. The shepherds got their flocks together and hurried
• 1:29:24
  Speaker 4: away with all speed. They feared that they had killed
• 1:29:27
  Speaker 4: the Knight, and that greater trouble would follow. Throughout the
• 1:29:32
  Speaker 4: strange conflict, Sancho sat on his dappled donkey at the
• 1:29:36
  Speaker 4: top of the hill. He felt ashamed and alarmed at
• 1:29:39
  Speaker 4: sight of his master's mad doings.
• 1:29:42
  Speaker 2: He groaned and.
• 1:29:43
  Speaker 4: Tore his beard in vexation and dismay. But when he
• 1:29:46
  Speaker 4: saw the Knight knocked from his steed and stretched upon
• 1:29:49
  Speaker 4: the ground, he hastened to his aid. Ah Master, He cried,
• 1:29:54
  Speaker 4: this comes of not taking my advice. Did I not
• 1:29:57
  Speaker 4: tell you that it was a flock of sheep and
• 1:30:00
  Speaker 4: no army. Don Quixote groaned and sat up, Friend Sancho,
• 1:30:05
  Speaker 4: He said, it is an easy matter for enchanters to
• 1:30:09
  Speaker 4: change the shapes of things as they please. At the
• 1:30:12
  Speaker 4: very moment that my victory was complete, my old enemy
• 1:30:16
  Speaker 4: changed the routed army into a flock of sheep. It
• 1:30:20
  Speaker 4: was all done to rob me of the glory that
• 1:30:23
  Speaker 4: belonged to me. Well, I saw nothing but sheep from
• 1:30:27
  Speaker 4: the first, said Sancho. Don Quixote, with much ado, arose
• 1:30:32
  Speaker 4: and stood on his feet. He opened his mouth and
• 1:30:35
  Speaker 4: felt of the teeth that had been loosened by that
• 1:30:38
  Speaker 4: last cruel blow. Friend Sancho, learn of me, he said.
• 1:30:43
  Speaker 4: All these storms are only the signs of calmer days.
• 1:30:47
  Speaker 4: Better success will soon follow. Neither good luck nor bad
• 1:30:51
  Speaker 4: luck will last always at any rate, interrupted Sancho, Many
• 1:30:56
  Speaker 4: words will not fill a bushel. I think you would
• 1:30:59
  Speaker 4: make a better preacher, then, Knight errant. Knights errant, answered
• 1:31:04
  Speaker 4: don Quixote. Ought to know everything. Some of them have
• 1:31:08
  Speaker 4: been as good preachers as any who preach in the churches.
• 1:31:12
  Speaker 4: Very well, said Sancho. You may have it as you will,
• 1:31:15
  Speaker 4: but let us leave this unlucky place, and seek lodgings
• 1:31:19
  Speaker 4: where we may rest and have a bite of wholesome food.
• 1:31:22
  Speaker 4: He helped his master to climb again upon the back
• 1:31:25
  Speaker 4: of gentle Rosinante, and then he remounted his dappled donkey,
• 1:31:31
  Speaker 4: My trusty, Sancho, go thy own pace, said don Quixote,
• 1:31:35
  Speaker 4: I will follow thee. Sancho obeyed and led the way,
• 1:31:40
  Speaker 4: keeping to the road which passed over the hills. Don
• 1:31:43
  Speaker 4: Quixote followed him, riding slowly and gently, for he had
• 1:31:47
  Speaker 4: been so bruised and wounded in his encounter with the
• 1:31:50
  Speaker 4: shepherds that every movement of his steed gave him pain.
• 1:31:57
  Speaker 4: End of chapter ten, chapter the Adventure with the Barber.
• 1:32:03
  Speaker 4: Days passed, and still don Quixote rode bare headed, for
• 1:32:07
  Speaker 4: as yet he had found no means whereby to win
• 1:32:10
  Speaker 4: for himself a new helmet. Every day, however, had its adventures,
• 1:32:14
  Speaker 4: and every turn of the road seemed to lead the
• 1:32:16
  Speaker 4: knight and his squire into new fields of action. One morning,
• 1:32:20
  Speaker 4: as they were riding along a highway from a small
• 1:32:23
  Speaker 4: village to a larger one, they saw a horseman coming
• 1:32:26
  Speaker 4: slowly towards them. See there, cried Don Quixote, now I
• 1:32:31
  Speaker 4: shall have an adventure that will redound to my glory.
• 1:32:35
  Speaker 4: Why do you think so, asked Sancho. Do you not
• 1:32:38
  Speaker 4: see that horseman, asked Don Quixote, he wears something on
• 1:32:41
  Speaker 4: his head that glitters like gold. If I mistake not,
• 1:32:45
  Speaker 4: he is a knight, and it is Mambrino's helmet that
• 1:32:48
  Speaker 4: he wears. Mambrino's helmet. Master, what about Mambrino's helmet? Thou
• 1:32:54
  Speaker 4: knowest my vow, Sancho, was the answer. Tomorrow, I shall
• 1:32:58
  Speaker 4: eat bread on a table cloth, for that knight who
• 1:33:01
  Speaker 4: is riding toward us on his prancing steed, has a
• 1:33:04
  Speaker 4: helmet of gold on his head. I don't see any knight,
• 1:33:08
  Speaker 4: said Sancho. I see only a common man riding a
• 1:33:12
  Speaker 4: great donkey, much like my own. There is something bright
• 1:33:16
  Speaker 4: on the top of his head, but all is not
• 1:33:18
  Speaker 4: gold that glitters. I tell thee it is Mombrino's helmet,
• 1:33:23
  Speaker 4: and it is gold, cried Don Quixote, growing angry. Now
• 1:33:27
  Speaker 4: the truth of the matter is this. The smaller of
• 1:33:30
  Speaker 4: the two villages I have mentioned had no barber. The
• 1:33:33
  Speaker 4: people therefore were obliged to depend on the barber of
• 1:33:37
  Speaker 4: the larger village, who rode over whenever he was wanted.
• 1:33:41
  Speaker 4: Sometimes he was called upon to trim the men's beards,
• 1:33:44
  Speaker 4: sometimes to dress the lady's hair. But he was oftenest
• 1:33:48
  Speaker 4: required to bleed some person who was not feeling well,
• 1:33:52
  Speaker 4: For in those times it was the custom when anyone
• 1:33:55
  Speaker 4: was sick, to open one of his veins and let
• 1:33:58
  Speaker 4: the bad blood run. This was thought to be the
• 1:34:01
  Speaker 4: best medicine and a cure for all sorts of ailments.
• 1:34:05
  Speaker 4: To do this blood letting was indeed the main business
• 1:34:08
  Speaker 4: of a barber. His sign was a pole with red
• 1:34:11
  Speaker 4: stripes running spirally around it. These red stripes represented the
• 1:34:16
  Speaker 4: bloody bandage which was used to bind up the wound.
• 1:34:21
  Speaker 4: The same sign is used by barbers even now. But
• 1:34:24
  Speaker 4: good barbers never bleed their customers. In those olden times,
• 1:34:28
  Speaker 4: the barber always had a brass basin in which to
• 1:34:32
  Speaker 4: catch the blood as it flowed from the patient's arm.
• 1:34:35
  Speaker 4: This basin was kept very bright and clean, for it
• 1:34:38
  Speaker 4: was a necessary thing in every barber's shop and often used.
• 1:34:43
  Speaker 4: And now let us go back to our story. The
• 1:34:46
  Speaker 4: night on his prancing steed was nobody but the barber
• 1:34:50
  Speaker 4: of the bigger village, riding on his gray donkey to
• 1:34:53
  Speaker 4: visit his patients in the smaller village. The morning was cloudy,
• 1:34:57
  Speaker 4: and rain might begin to fall at any minute. The
• 1:35:00
  Speaker 4: barber had a new hat, which the rain would spoil.
• 1:35:04
  Speaker 4: To guard against this misfortune, he clapped his brass basin
• 1:35:08
  Speaker 4: upside down upon his head. It covered hat and all,
• 1:35:12
  Speaker 4: and was proof against the rain. Don Quixote, as we know,
• 1:35:16
  Speaker 4: wanted a helmet. He had read so much about Mambrino's
• 1:35:20
  Speaker 4: helmet that he could think of nothing else. His mind,
• 1:35:23
  Speaker 4: having dwelt so long upon this subject, could turn anything
• 1:35:27
  Speaker 4: he chose into a golden helmet. Some people in our
• 1:35:31
  Speaker 4: own times can do as much. As the barber came nearer,
• 1:35:36
  Speaker 4: the knight raised his lance, which you will remember was
• 1:35:38
  Speaker 4: only the branch of a tree. He braced himself in
• 1:35:42
  Speaker 4: his stirrups and made ready for a charge. Then he shouted, wretch,
• 1:35:47
  Speaker 4: defend thyself, or at once surrender that which is justly mine.
• 1:35:52
  Speaker 4: And without further parley, he rushed upon the barber as
• 1:35:56
  Speaker 4: fast as Rosinante, with his blundering feet, could carer him.
• 1:36:00
  Speaker 4: The barber saw him coming and had just time enough
• 1:36:03
  Speaker 4: to throw himself from his donkey and take to his heels.
• 1:36:07
  Speaker 4: He leaped the hedge at the side of the road
• 1:36:10
  Speaker 4: and ran across the fields with the swiftness of a deer.
• 1:36:14
  Speaker 4: But the brass basin, having slipped from his head, was
• 1:36:17
  Speaker 4: left lying in the dust. Don Quixote checked his steed.
• 1:36:22
  Speaker 4: Here Sancho, he cried, here is my helmet. Come and
• 1:36:26
  Speaker 4: pick it up. Upon my word, that is a fine basin,
• 1:36:29
  Speaker 4: said Sancho, as he stooped and handed it to his master.
• 1:36:34
  Speaker 4: Don Quixote, with great delight, clapped it on his head.
• 1:36:38
  Speaker 4: He turned it this way and that, and tilted it
• 1:36:41
  Speaker 4: backward and forward. It is pretty large, he said. The
• 1:36:45
  Speaker 4: head for which it was made must have been a
• 1:36:47
  Speaker 4: big one. The worst is that it has no visor,
• 1:36:51
  Speaker 4: and half of one side is lacking. Sancho could not
• 1:36:55
  Speaker 4: help smiling. What is the fool grinning at now, cried
• 1:36:58
  Speaker 4: his master angrily. Oh nothing, answered Sancho. I was only
• 1:37:03
  Speaker 4: thinking what a big jolt head it must have been
• 1:37:06
  Speaker 4: to wear a helmet so much like a barber's basin. Well,
• 1:37:10
  Speaker 4: it does look like a barber's basin, said Don Quixote,
• 1:37:13
  Speaker 4: but that is because some enchanter has changed its form.
• 1:37:17
  Speaker 4: When we come to a town where there is an armorer.
• 1:37:20
  Speaker 4: I will have it made over into its proper shape,
• 1:37:23
  Speaker 4: for there is no doubt that it is really the
• 1:37:26
  Speaker 4: helmet of the famous Mambrino. He turned it about on
• 1:37:30
  Speaker 4: his head and pulled it well down over his ears.
• 1:37:33
  Speaker 4: I'll wear it as it is, he said. It is
• 1:37:36
  Speaker 4: better than nothing there is that knight's dappled steed, said Sancho,
• 1:37:40
  Speaker 4: pointing to the barber's gray donkey, which was nibbling grass
• 1:37:43
  Speaker 4: by the road side. I have a good mind to
• 1:37:46
  Speaker 4: exchange my own faithful beast for him. Well, exchange is
• 1:37:50
  Speaker 4: no robbery, answered don Quixote. We do not plunder those
• 1:37:54
  Speaker 4: whom we meet, for that would be unbecoming to a knight.
• 1:37:58
  Speaker 4: The dappled steed is no doubt very dear to its master,
• 1:38:01
  Speaker 4: and therefore should be spared to him. But I give
• 1:38:04
  Speaker 4: thee leave Sancho to exchange saddles. You are a wise master,
• 1:38:09
  Speaker 4: said Sancho, and without another word, he made his own
• 1:38:12
  Speaker 4: poor donkey look three times better by dressing him in
• 1:38:15
  Speaker 4: the barber's saddle. Then, well satisfied with themselves and their plunder,
• 1:38:21
  Speaker 4: the knight and the squire renewed their journey. End of
• 1:38:26
  Speaker 4: chapter eleven.
• 1:38:28
  Speaker 3: Chapter twelve, the adventure with the prisoners. Day after day,
• 1:38:35
  Speaker 3: the two travelers jogged slowly along, rambling hither and thither
• 1:38:39
  Speaker 3: wherever their fancy chose to wander. At length they came
• 1:38:44
  Speaker 3: into the rugged highway which leans through the Black mountains,
• 1:38:48
  Speaker 3: or as they are called in Spain, the Sierra Morena.
• 1:38:53
  Speaker 3: Now we shall have our fill of adventures, said Don Quixote.
• 1:38:58
  Speaker 3: It was to me even so, for at the top
• 1:39:01
  Speaker 3: of this first hill they saw twelve strange men trudging
• 1:39:05
  Speaker 3: along the highway and slowly approaching them. The men were
• 1:39:10
  Speaker 3: all in a row, one behind another, like beams on
• 1:39:14
  Speaker 3: a string, for they were linked to a long chain
• 1:39:17
  Speaker 3: by means of iron collars around their necks. In front
• 1:39:21
  Speaker 3: of this procession rode two horsemen with guns, and the
• 1:39:26
  Speaker 3: rear was brought up by two foot guards with swords
• 1:39:29
  Speaker 3: and clubs. See their master, said Sancho. See those poor
• 1:39:35
  Speaker 3: fellows who are being taken away to serve the king
• 1:39:38
  Speaker 3: in the galleys. Why are they being treated in that
• 1:39:41
  Speaker 3: ugly fashion, asked Don Quixote, raining in his steed. Well,
• 1:39:47
  Speaker 3: they are rogues, was the answer. They have broken the
• 1:39:50
  Speaker 3: law and been caught at it. They are now on
• 1:39:52
  Speaker 3: their way to the King's galleys to be punished. If
• 1:39:56
  Speaker 3: that is the case, said don Quixote, they I shall
• 1:40:00
  Speaker 3: have my help, for I am sworn to hinder violence
• 1:40:03
  Speaker 3: and oppression. But these wicked wretches are not oppressed, said Sancho.
• 1:40:09
  Speaker 3: They are only getting what they deserve. Don Quixote was
• 1:40:13
  Speaker 3: not satisfied at any rate. They are in trouble, he answered.
• 1:40:18
  Speaker 3: Soon the chain of prisoners had come up. Pray, sir,
• 1:40:23
  Speaker 3: said don Quixote to one of the mountain men, who
• 1:40:25
  Speaker 3: is captain of the guards. Why are these men being
• 1:40:29
  Speaker 3: led along in that manner? They are criminals, answered the captain.
• 1:40:35
  Speaker 3: They have been condemned to serve the king in his valleys.
• 1:40:38
  Speaker 3: I have no more to say to you. Well, I
• 1:40:41
  Speaker 3: should like to know what each one has done, said
• 1:40:44
  Speaker 3: don Quixote. I can't talk with you, said the captain,
• 1:40:48
  Speaker 3: But while they rest heer at the top of the hill,
• 1:40:51
  Speaker 3: you may ask the rogues themselves if you wish. They
• 1:40:55
  Speaker 3: are so honest and truthful that they will not be
• 1:40:57
  Speaker 3: ashamed to tell you. Don Quixote was much pleased. He
• 1:41:02
  Speaker 3: rode up to the chain and began to question the men.
• 1:41:06
  Speaker 3: Why were you condemned to the galleys, My good fellow,
• 1:41:10
  Speaker 3: he asked of the leader. Oh, only for being in love?
• 1:41:14
  Speaker 3: Was the careless answer, indeed, cried don Quixote. If all
• 1:41:20
  Speaker 3: of you who are in love must be sent to
• 1:41:22
  Speaker 3: the galleys, what will become of us? True enough, said
• 1:41:27
  Speaker 3: the prisoner. But my love was not of the common kind.
• 1:41:31
  Speaker 3: I was so in love with the basket of clothes
• 1:41:34
  Speaker 3: that I took it at my arms and carried it home.
• 1:41:37
  Speaker 3: I was accused of stealing it, And here I am.
• 1:41:41
  Speaker 3: Don Quixote then turned to another. And what have you done,
• 1:41:45
  Speaker 3: my honest man, he asked, Why are you in this
• 1:41:49
  Speaker 3: sad case? I will tell you, answered the man. I
• 1:41:54
  Speaker 3: am here for the lack of two gold pieces to
• 1:41:56
  Speaker 3: pay an honest debt. Well, well, that is too bad,
• 1:42:01
  Speaker 3: said the knight. I will give you four gold pieces
• 1:42:05
  Speaker 3: and set you free. Thank you, sir, said the prisoner.
• 1:42:10
  Speaker 3: But you might as well give money to a starving
• 1:42:12
  Speaker 3: man at sea, where there is nothing to buy. If
• 1:42:16
  Speaker 3: I had had the gold pieces before my trial, I
• 1:42:19
  Speaker 3: might now be in a different place. Thus don Quixote
• 1:42:23
  Speaker 3: went from one prisoner to another, asking each to tell
• 1:42:27
  Speaker 3: his history. The last man in the chain was a clever,
• 1:42:31
  Speaker 3: well built fellow about thirty years old. He's squinted with
• 1:42:35
  Speaker 3: one eye and had a wickeder look than any of
• 1:42:38
  Speaker 3: the others. Don Quixote noticed that this man was strangely
• 1:42:43
  Speaker 3: loaded with irons. He had two collars around his neck,
• 1:42:47
  Speaker 3: and his wrists were so fastened to an iron bar
• 1:42:50
  Speaker 3: that he could not lift his hands to his mouth.
• 1:42:53
  Speaker 3: The knight turned to one of the foot guards. Why
• 1:42:56
  Speaker 3: is this man so hampered with irons, he asked, Because
• 1:43:01
  Speaker 3: he is the worst of the lot, was the answer.
• 1:43:05
  Speaker 3: He is so bold and cunning that no jail nor
• 1:43:07
  Speaker 3: fetters will hold him. You see how heavily ironed he is,
• 1:43:12
  Speaker 3: and yet we are never sure that we have him.
• 1:43:15
  Speaker 3: But what has he done? Asked don Quixote. Done, said
• 1:43:20
  Speaker 3: the guard. What has he not done?
• 1:43:23
  Speaker 1: Why?
• 1:43:23
  Speaker 3: Sir? He is the famous thief and robber Gennes de Passimante.
• 1:43:29
  Speaker 3: Then the prisoner himself spoke up quickly, Sir, if you've
• 1:43:33
  Speaker 3: anything to give us, give it quickly and write on.
• 1:43:36
  Speaker 3: I won't answer any of your questions, my friend, said
• 1:43:41
  Speaker 3: don Quixote, you appear to be a man of consequence,
• 1:43:45
  Speaker 3: and I should like to know your history. It is
• 1:43:48
  Speaker 3: all written down in black and white, answered Genes. You
• 1:43:51
  Speaker 3: may buy it and read it. He tells you the truth,
• 1:43:55
  Speaker 3: said the guard. He has written this whole history in
• 1:43:58
  Speaker 3: a book. What is the title of the book, asked
• 1:44:02
  Speaker 3: don Quixote. I must have it. It is called the
• 1:44:06
  Speaker 3: Life of Gene Dee Pasimonte, and every word of it
• 1:44:10
  Speaker 3: is true, answered the prisoner. There is no fanciful tale
• 1:44:14
  Speaker 3: that compares with it. For tricks and adventures, you are
• 1:44:19
  Speaker 3: an extraordinary man, said Don Quixote. By this time the
• 1:44:24
  Speaker 3: guards had given the command, and the human chain was
• 1:44:28
  Speaker 3: again toiling along slowly along over the hill. But don
• 1:44:33
  Speaker 3: Quixote was not yet satisfied. He followed making a long speech,
• 1:44:38
  Speaker 3: first to the prisoners and then to the guards. At length,
• 1:44:42
  Speaker 3: he raised himself up in his stirrups and cried out,
• 1:44:45
  Speaker 3: gentlemen of the Guard, I am the renowned don Quixote,
• 1:44:50
  Speaker 3: Gila Mancha. I command you to release these poor men.
• 1:44:55
  Speaker 3: If you refuse, then know that this lance, this sword,
• 1:45:00
  Speaker 3: and this invincible arm will force you to yield. That's
• 1:45:04
  Speaker 3: a good joke, said the captain of the guard. Now
• 1:45:08
  Speaker 3: set your mason right on top of your empty head
• 1:45:10
  Speaker 3: and go about your business. Don't meddle any more with us,
• 1:45:14
  Speaker 3: for those who play with cats are likely to be scratched.
• 1:45:19
  Speaker 3: This made don Quixote very angry. You are a cat
• 1:45:23
  Speaker 3: and a rat and a cotward to boot, he cried.
• 1:45:27
  Speaker 3: Had he charged upon him so suddenly and so furiously
• 1:45:31
  Speaker 3: that the captain had no time to defend himself, but
• 1:45:35
  Speaker 3: was tumbled headlong and helpless into the mud. The other
• 1:45:39
  Speaker 3: guards hurried to the rescue. They attacked don Quixote with
• 1:45:43
  Speaker 3: their swords and clubs, and he, wheeling rose aenanting around,
• 1:45:48
  Speaker 3: defended himself with his heavy lance. He would have fared
• 1:45:52
  Speaker 3: very badly had not the prisoners made a hurry burly
• 1:45:55
  Speaker 3: and begun to break their chain. Seeing the confusion and
• 1:46:00
  Speaker 3: wishing to give aid to his master, Sancho leaped from
• 1:46:03
  Speaker 3: his donkey, and, running up to Genie Dee Pasamante, began
• 1:46:08
  Speaker 3: to unfasten his irons. The conflict which now followed was dreadful.
• 1:46:13
  Speaker 3: The guards had enough to do to defend themselves from
• 1:46:16
  Speaker 3: the wild thrusts of don Quixote's lance, they seemed to
• 1:46:20
  Speaker 3: lose their senses, so great was the uproar. The prisoners
• 1:46:24
  Speaker 3: soon freed themselves from their irons and were masters of
• 1:46:27
  Speaker 3: the field, the guards were routed. They fled with all
• 1:46:31
  Speaker 3: speed down the highway, followed by a shower of stones
• 1:46:35
  Speaker 3: from the prisoners. It was a mile to the nearest village,
• 1:46:39
  Speaker 3: and thither they hastened for help. Sancho Panza remounted his
• 1:46:43
  Speaker 3: donkey and drew up to his master's side. Hearken, He whispered,
• 1:46:49
  Speaker 3: the king's officers will stoon me after us. Let us
• 1:46:52
  Speaker 3: hurry into the forest and hide ourselves. Hush, said don Quixote, impatiently.
• 1:46:58
  Speaker 3: I know what I have to do. Then he called
• 1:47:01
  Speaker 3: the prisoners around him and made a little speech. Gentlemen,
• 1:47:06
  Speaker 3: you understand when a great service I have rendered you.
• 1:47:10
  Speaker 3: For this, I desire no recompense. But I shall require
• 1:47:15
  Speaker 3: each of you to go straightway to the city of
• 1:47:17
  Speaker 3: Toboso and present himself before that fairest of all ladies,
• 1:47:22
  Speaker 3: the matchless Lady Dulcinea, give her an exact account of
• 1:47:27
  Speaker 3: this famous achievement, and receive her permission to seek your
• 1:47:31
  Speaker 3: various fortunes in such ways and places as you most desire.
• 1:47:36
  Speaker 3: The prisoner s grinned insolently, and geniees die passimonte made answer,
• 1:47:42
  Speaker 3: most noble deliverers, that which you require of us is impossible.
• 1:47:48
  Speaker 3: We must part right quickly. Some of us must spok
• 1:47:52
  Speaker 3: one way some another. We must lie hidden in holes
• 1:47:56
  Speaker 3: and among rocks. The man hounds will soon be on
• 1:48:00
  Speaker 3: our tracks. And we dare not show ourselves as to
• 1:48:04
  Speaker 3: going to Toboso to see that lady Dulcinea. That's all nonsense.
• 1:48:09
  Speaker 3: These words put don Quixote into a great rage. He
• 1:48:13
  Speaker 3: shook his lance at the robber and cried out, Now, you,
• 1:48:17
  Speaker 3: sir Genes, or whatever your name may be, hear me,
• 1:48:21
  Speaker 3: you yourself shall go along to Toboso like a dog with
• 1:48:26
  Speaker 3: a scalded tail. You shall go with the whole chain
• 1:48:29
  Speaker 3: wrapped around your shoulders, and shall deliver the message as
• 1:48:33
  Speaker 3: I have commanded. Jeanne smiled at this bold threat and
• 1:48:38
  Speaker 3: made no answer. But his companions, with one accord, fell
• 1:48:42
  Speaker 3: upon the knight, dragged him from his steed, and threw
• 1:48:45
  Speaker 3: him upon the ground. They stripped him of his coat,
• 1:48:49
  Speaker 3: and even robbed him of his long black stockings. One
• 1:48:52
  Speaker 3: of them scratched the basin from his head and knocked
• 1:48:55
  Speaker 3: it against the rock until it was stented and scarred
• 1:48:58
  Speaker 3: most shamefully. And one broke his long lance in two
• 1:49:02
  Speaker 3: and threw it into a thicket of thorns. As for Sancho,
• 1:49:06
  Speaker 3: he fared but little better. They took his coat, but
• 1:49:10
  Speaker 3: left him his vest. They would have taken his shoes,
• 1:49:14
  Speaker 3: had they been worth the trouble. Having thus amused themselves
• 1:49:18
  Speaker 3: for a few hasty minutes, the rascals departed. They scattered
• 1:49:22
  Speaker 3: in different directions, each one to ships for himself. They
• 1:49:26
  Speaker 3: were much more anxious to escape the officers of the
• 1:49:29
  Speaker 3: law than to present themselves before the Lady Dulcinea dal Tebozo.
• 1:49:36
  Speaker 3: Thus the dappled Donkey, Rosenante, Sancho, Panza, and Don Quixote
• 1:49:42
  Speaker 3: were left the sole masters of the field. But they
• 1:49:45
  Speaker 3: were sorry masters, every one of them. Friends. Sancho, said
• 1:49:51
  Speaker 3: don Quixote, rising from the muddy road, there is a
• 1:49:55
  Speaker 3: proverb which I desire thee to remember. It is this
• 1:50:00
  Speaker 3: one might as well throw water into the sea as
• 1:50:03
  Speaker 3: do a kindness to clowns. He sought in the thicket
• 1:50:07
  Speaker 3: for its broken lance, and having recovered the half of it,
• 1:50:12
  Speaker 3: he made shift to climb upon Rosenante's back. The day
• 1:50:16
  Speaker 3: was far gone, and he rode silently and thoughtfully onward
• 1:50:21
  Speaker 3: into the heart of the black mountains and Sancho Panza
• 1:50:25
  Speaker 3: on his stample donkey followed him. End of Chapter twelve.
• 1:50:31
  Speaker 4: Chapter thirteen. In the Black Mountains, the darkness of night
• 1:50:36
  Speaker 4: found our two travelers in the midst of the mountains,
• 1:50:39
  Speaker 4: and far from any friendly inn. The sky was clear, however,
• 1:50:44
  Speaker 4: and above the tree tops the round full moon was
• 1:50:47
  Speaker 4: shining brightly. Both Night and Squire were weary from long traveling,
• 1:50:53
  Speaker 4: and soar from the beating which they had received from
• 1:50:55
  Speaker 4: the ungrateful thieves. Here we are at length, Crite'sancho pulling
• 1:51:00
  Speaker 4: up his donkey by the side of a huge rock.
• 1:51:03
  Speaker 4: Here we are, master, This is a pleasant sheltered place.
• 1:51:07
  Speaker 4: Let us tarry here till morning. Truly, I am willing,
• 1:51:11
  Speaker 4: said don Quixote. Both men were so tired that they
• 1:51:15
  Speaker 4: were loath to get down from their steeds. They sat
• 1:51:19
  Speaker 4: quietly in their saddles, thinking, thinking, and soon both were
• 1:51:23
  Speaker 4: fast asleep. Don Quixote sat upright, bracing himself with the
• 1:51:28
  Speaker 4: remnant of his oaken lance, which he had rescued from
• 1:51:32
  Speaker 4: the thicket. Sancho doubled himself over upon the pommel of
• 1:51:36
  Speaker 4: his saddle and snored as peacefully as though he were
• 1:51:40
  Speaker 4: on a feather bed, as for Rosinante and patient Dapple.
• 1:51:44
  Speaker 4: They were no less weary than their masters. They stood
• 1:51:48
  Speaker 4: motionless in their places, and nothing short of a goad
• 1:51:51
  Speaker 4: could have caused them to stir. It chanced about midnight
• 1:51:55
  Speaker 4: that the thief Guiines di Pasamonte came to this very spot,
• 1:52:00
  Speaker 4: seeking the best way to escape from the forest.
• 1:52:03
  Speaker 2: As he was.
• 1:52:03
  Speaker 4: Passing by the great Rock, he was astonished to see
• 1:52:06
  Speaker 4: the two beasts and their riders resting quietly in its shadow.
• 1:52:10
  Speaker 4: He crept up to them very gently, not wishing to
• 1:52:13
  Speaker 4: disturb their slumbers. Ha he whispered to himself, how soundly
• 1:52:18
  Speaker 4: they sleep. These two foolish fellows ride safely along the
• 1:52:22
  Speaker 4: public road and are afraid of nothing. But I, with
• 1:52:26
  Speaker 4: all my smartness, am obliged to skulk through the woods
• 1:52:30
  Speaker 4: and tire myself to death with much walking. I wish
• 1:52:33
  Speaker 4: I had one of these steeds. He walked around Rosinante
• 1:52:37
  Speaker 4: and gently felt his ribs and stroked his long head.
• 1:52:42
  Speaker 4: He's only a frame of bones, he said, and there's
• 1:52:45
  Speaker 4: no telling how soon he may fall to pieces. I
• 1:52:48
  Speaker 4: might manage to ride him, but at the end of
• 1:52:51
  Speaker 4: the road I could neither sell him nor give him away.
• 1:52:54
  Speaker 4: Then he went softly up to the dappled donkey and
• 1:52:57
  Speaker 4: examined him from his nose to his hoofs. This beast
• 1:53:01
  Speaker 4: could carry me, I know, and I could sell him
• 1:53:03
  Speaker 4: for a dollar or two anywhere. But how shall I
• 1:53:06
  Speaker 4: get him? He leaned against the rock and thought the
• 1:53:09
  Speaker 4: matter over, while Sancho Panza made the woods resound with
• 1:53:13
  Speaker 4: his snoring. It would be easy enough to tumble him
• 1:53:16
  Speaker 4: off and take his steed by main force, said Guines,
• 1:53:20
  Speaker 4: still talking to himself. But the poor fellow did me
• 1:53:23
  Speaker 4: a good turn to day, and I don't like to
• 1:53:25
  Speaker 4: disturb his slumbers. Presently, he took his jackknife from his
• 1:53:30
  Speaker 4: pocket and went stealthily into a grove of small trees
• 1:53:33
  Speaker 4: by the road side. There, having found some slender saplings,
• 1:53:38
  Speaker 4: he cut four strong poles, as large as his wrist
• 1:53:42
  Speaker 4: and as long as his body. With these in hands,
• 1:53:45
  Speaker 4: he returned to the donkey and slyly unbuckled the girths
• 1:53:48
  Speaker 4: of the saddle. Sancho Panza, with his feet firmly in
• 1:53:53
  Speaker 4: the stirrups and his short body doubled snugly upon the pommel,
• 1:53:57
  Speaker 4: was not at all disturbed. He snored so loudly that
• 1:54:00
  Speaker 4: no other sound could possibly be heard. The cunning Guines
• 1:54:04
  Speaker 4: smiled at his own ingenuity. He placed one end of
• 1:54:08
  Speaker 4: each of his four poles under a corner of the saddle,
• 1:54:12
  Speaker 4: the other resting firmly upon the ground. Then he carefully
• 1:54:16
  Speaker 4: and very gradually moved the bottom ends closer and closer
• 1:54:21
  Speaker 4: to the donkey's feet. This, of course, raised the saddle
• 1:54:24
  Speaker 4: some inches above the animal's back. While Sancho still slept
• 1:54:28
  Speaker 4: the sleep of the weary, Guinus tried each pole to
• 1:54:32
  Speaker 4: see that it stood like a brace, strong and secure.
• 1:54:36
  Speaker 4: Then he led the donkey out from under, leaving the
• 1:54:39
  Speaker 4: saddle and Sancho high up in the air. It was
• 1:54:43
  Speaker 4: a funny sight there in the still light of the moon,
• 1:54:46
  Speaker 4: and Guines di Pacemonte looked back and laughed. He then
• 1:54:50
  Speaker 4: threw himself upon the donkey's bare back and rode joyfully away.
• 1:54:54
  Speaker 4: Sancho Panza slept and snored and stirred not an inch.
• 1:54:59
  Speaker 4: The of the night passed silently by, and the moon
• 1:55:03
  Speaker 4: and stars journeyed slowly down the western sky. At length,
• 1:55:07
  Speaker 4: the day dawned and the sunlight began to peep through
• 1:55:10
  Speaker 4: the trees. Sancho was at most times an early riser,
• 1:55:14
  Speaker 4: with the coming of the morning, he stopped snoring. Then
• 1:55:18
  Speaker 4: he slowly opened his eyes, raised his arms, and yawned.
• 1:55:22
  Speaker 4: The motion of his body caused the supporting poles to
• 1:55:25
  Speaker 4: twist around and give way. The saddle suddenly turned beneath him,
• 1:55:29
  Speaker 4: and he fell, sprawling to the ground. The sudden noise
• 1:55:33
  Speaker 4: awoke don Quixote. Where is thy donkey, friend, Sancho, he asked,
• 1:55:37
  Speaker 4: looking around quickly, you may well ask where is my donkey?
• 1:55:41
  Speaker 4: Answered the squire, rising from the ground and rubbing his eyes.
• 1:55:45
  Speaker 4: My donkey's gone. Some thief has led him away in
• 1:55:48
  Speaker 4: the night and left me nothing but four sticks and
• 1:55:50
  Speaker 4: the saddle, which I got in exchange from the barber thief. Indeed,
• 1:55:55
  Speaker 4: said Don Quixote, it was no thief. Those same wicket
• 1:55:59
  Speaker 4: enchanters have done it. They have changed the poor beast
• 1:56:02
  Speaker 4: into four sticks. And now you will have to walk
• 1:56:06
  Speaker 4: until we learn how to remove the enchantment and change
• 1:56:09
  Speaker 4: the sticks back to a donkey. Sancho Panza was sorely distressed.
• 1:56:14
  Speaker 4: He looked at the saddle, and at the sticks, and
• 1:56:17
  Speaker 4: then at the tracks which the donkey had left in
• 1:56:19
  Speaker 4: the dust of the road. Tears came to his eyes,
• 1:56:22
  Speaker 4: and he broke out into the saddest and most pitiful
• 1:56:26
  Speaker 4: lamentation that ever was heard. Oh my dapple, my donkey,
• 1:56:31
  Speaker 4: Oh dear one born and bred under my own roof,
• 1:56:35
  Speaker 4: thou wert, the playfellow of my children, the comfort of
• 1:56:39
  Speaker 4: my wife, the envy of my neighbors, thou wert, the
• 1:56:42
  Speaker 4: easer of my burdens, the staff and stay of my life.
• 1:56:47
  Speaker 4: And now thou art gone, thou art gone, Oh my dapple,
• 1:56:52
  Speaker 4: my donkey, How can I live without thee? Don Quixote's
• 1:56:56
  Speaker 4: kind heart was touched. Never mind, dear Soncho, he said,
• 1:57:01
  Speaker 4: dry thy tears, I have five donkeys at home, and
• 1:57:04
  Speaker 4: I will give thee an order on my niece for
• 1:57:07
  Speaker 4: three of them. I will write it with the first
• 1:57:10
  Speaker 4: pen and ink we encounter. This generous offer turned Sancho's
• 1:57:14
  Speaker 4: grief into joy. It dried his tears, it hushed his cries,
• 1:57:19
  Speaker 4: It changed his moans to smiles and thanks. You are
• 1:57:23
  Speaker 4: always a good master, he said, And I would rather
• 1:57:26
  Speaker 4: meet with that pen and ink than with any number
• 1:57:29
  Speaker 4: of knights. Then Knight and Squire sat down together on
• 1:57:34
  Speaker 4: the ground and munched some bits of dry bread, merely
• 1:57:37
  Speaker 4: to say they had breakfasted, and after Rosinante had eaten
• 1:57:41
  Speaker 4: his fill of the sweet grass by the road side.
• 1:57:44
  Speaker 4: They resumed their journey through the mountains. Don Quixote rode
• 1:57:48
  Speaker 4: in advance, and Sancho followed slowly, with the donkey's saddle
• 1:57:52
  Speaker 4: astride of his shoulders. End of Chapter thirteen.
• 1:57:58
  Speaker 3: Chapter fourteen, the Message to Dulcinea. One day, as Don
• 1:58:04
  Speaker 3: Quixote with his squire, was strolling aimlessly through the roughest
• 1:58:09
  Speaker 3: and wildest part of the mountains, he became suddenly very silent. Friend, Sancho,
• 1:58:16
  Speaker 3: he said, as you value your life, I bid you
• 1:58:21
  Speaker 3: not to speak a word to me until I give
• 1:58:23
  Speaker 3: you leave. His mind was filled with clear, unreasoning fancies,
• 1:58:28
  Speaker 3: and he seemed to be pondering upon some new and
• 1:58:31
  Speaker 3: weighty subject. So all the day they toiled wearily and
• 1:58:36
  Speaker 3: slowly along, and neither spoke to the other. Sancho Panza
• 1:58:41
  Speaker 3: was very tired. He was almost ready to burst for
• 1:58:45
  Speaker 3: want of a little chat. Still, with the saddle on
• 1:58:49
  Speaker 3: his shoulders, he trudged silently at the heels of Rosonante
• 1:58:53
  Speaker 3: and kept his thoughts to himself. At length, however, he
• 1:58:57
  Speaker 3: could bear it no longer. He quickened his pace till
• 1:59:01
  Speaker 3: he came alongside of his master. Then he laid his
• 1:59:05
  Speaker 3: hand on don Quixote's knee and spoke, good sir, give
• 1:59:10
  Speaker 3: me your blessing, and let me go home to my
• 1:59:12
  Speaker 3: wife and children. There I may talk till I am weary,
• 1:59:15
  Speaker 3: and nobody can hinder me. I tell you this, tramping
• 1:59:19
  Speaker 3: over hills and dales by night and by day without
• 1:59:22
  Speaker 3: opening my lips is killing me. I cannot endure it, friends, Sancho,
• 1:59:29
  Speaker 3: I understand thee, answered don Quixote, and I give thee
• 1:59:33
  Speaker 3: leave to use my tongue freely. So long as we
• 1:59:36
  Speaker 3: are alone together on this mountain road. Then let us
• 1:59:40
  Speaker 3: make hay while the sun shines, cried Sancho. I will
• 1:59:44
  Speaker 3: talk while I can, for who knows what I may
• 1:59:47
  Speaker 3: do afterward. Every man for himself and God for us, all,
• 1:59:51
  Speaker 3: say I little said. As soon ast mended. There is
• 1:59:55
  Speaker 3: no padlocking of men's mouths, for a closed mouth catches
• 1:59:59
  Speaker 3: no fly.
• 2:00:01
  Speaker 2: Pray.
• 2:00:01
  Speaker 3: Have done with your proverbs, said don Quixote. Sternly. Listen
• 2:00:06
  Speaker 3: to me, and I will unfold a plan which I
• 2:00:09
  Speaker 3: have formed for my future course and for yours also,
• 2:00:13
  Speaker 3: dear Sancho. Then he explained to the squire that it
• 2:00:17
  Speaker 3: was his intention to send him forthwith to Toboso to
• 2:00:20
  Speaker 3: carry a letter to the lady Dulcinea. I desire that
• 2:00:25
  Speaker 3: you shall start within three days, he said, And as
• 2:00:28
  Speaker 3: you are very poor at walking, you may have the
• 2:00:31
  Speaker 3: use of Rosinante, who will carry you with great safety
• 2:00:35
  Speaker 3: and speed. Very well, master, said Sancho. But what will
• 2:00:40
  Speaker 3: you do while I am gone? Do? Do you ask?
• 2:00:44
  Speaker 3: What I will do? Answered the knight. Why I have
• 2:00:48
  Speaker 3: a mind to imitate that famous knight Orlando. I mean
• 2:00:52
  Speaker 3: to go mad, just as he did. I will throw
• 2:00:55
  Speaker 3: away my armor, tear my clothes, pull up trees by
• 2:00:59
  Speaker 3: the roots, knock my head against the rocks, and do
• 2:01:02
  Speaker 3: a thousand other things of that kind. You must wait
• 2:01:05
  Speaker 3: and see me in some of my performances, Sancho, And
• 2:01:09
  Speaker 3: then you must tell the lady Dulcinea what you have
• 2:01:11
  Speaker 3: beheld with your own eyes. Oh, you need not go
• 2:01:15
  Speaker 3: to any trouble about it, said Sancho, for I will
• 2:01:19
  Speaker 3: tell the lady just the same. I will tell her
• 2:01:22
  Speaker 3: of your thousand mad tricks and bring you back her
• 2:01:25
  Speaker 3: answer all full of sweet words. As for those tricks,
• 2:01:29
  Speaker 3: as you call them, said Don Quixote, I mean to
• 2:01:33
  Speaker 3: perform them seriously and solemnly, for a knight must tell
• 2:01:37
  Speaker 3: no lies. But I will write the letter immediately, and
• 2:01:41
  Speaker 3: you shall set out on your journey tomorrow at sunrise.
• 2:01:45
  Speaker 3: And please, sir, said Sancho, do not forget to write
• 2:01:49
  Speaker 3: that order to your niece for those three donkeys which
• 2:01:52
  Speaker 3: you promised me. They stopped in the midst of the
• 2:01:55
  Speaker 3: green thicket of Underwood's, and there after much ado the
• 2:01:59
  Speaker 3: letter was written, and also the order for the donkeys.
• 2:02:03
  Speaker 3: These were scrawled with a bit of charcoal in a
• 2:02:06
  Speaker 3: little notebook which Don Quixote happened to find in his pocket.
• 2:02:11
  Speaker 3: They are not very plainly written, Sancho, he said, but
• 2:02:16
  Speaker 3: in the first village to which you come, it will
• 2:02:18
  Speaker 3: be easy to have the schoolmaster talking them neatly for you.
• 2:02:23
  Speaker 3: Sancho took the notebook and put it carefully in his
• 2:02:26
  Speaker 3: waistcoat pocket. Now I am even wild to be gone,
• 2:02:30
  Speaker 3: he said, I will mount Rosinante and be off at once,
• 2:02:35
  Speaker 3: For a bearer of messages should never delay at his starting.
• 2:02:39
  Speaker 3: Give me your blessing, dear master, and I will not
• 2:02:42
  Speaker 3: wait to see any of your tricks. Nay, said don Quixote.
• 2:02:46
  Speaker 3: Wait a little while, for you should see me practice
• 2:02:49
  Speaker 3: twenty or thirty mad gambles such as knocking my head
• 2:02:53
  Speaker 3: against rocks and the like. I can finish them at
• 2:02:56
  Speaker 3: half an hour. Say not so, answered Sancho. It would
• 2:03:00
  Speaker 3: grieve me to the heart to see you plain the
• 2:03:03
  Speaker 3: mad man. I would cry my eyes out, and I
• 2:03:06
  Speaker 3: have already beloved too much since I lost my poor donkey.
• 2:03:10
  Speaker 3: But I will tell the lady Dulcinea about your tricks,
• 2:03:13
  Speaker 3: just the same as though I had seen you do them.
• 2:03:17
  Speaker 3: Then I will give thee my blessing and let thee go,
• 2:03:20
  Speaker 3: said Don Quixote. But tell me, good master, said Sancho,
• 2:03:26
  Speaker 3: what will you do for food when I am gone?
• 2:03:29
  Speaker 3: Will you rob travelers on the highway and steal your
• 2:03:31
  Speaker 3: dinner from the shepherds hereabout? Don't worry about that, Sancho
• 2:03:36
  Speaker 3: said his master. I shall feed on the herbs and
• 2:03:39
  Speaker 3: fruits of the forest and want nothing more, for it
• 2:03:43
  Speaker 3: is the duty of a mad knight to have starved himself.
• 2:03:47
  Speaker 3: But you shall find me in good condition when you return.
• 2:03:51
  Speaker 3: But now comes another thing into my head, said Sancho.
• 2:03:55
  Speaker 3: How shall I know this out of the way place
• 2:03:57
  Speaker 3: when I come back? How shall I find you again
• 2:04:00
  Speaker 3: in this wilderness strew a few green branches in the path.
• 2:04:05
  Speaker 3: Sancho strew them as you ride along till you reach
• 2:04:09
  Speaker 3: the main highway. This will serve as a clue to
• 2:04:13
  Speaker 3: show you the way hither. If by chance you should
• 2:04:15
  Speaker 3: forget the turning place, I will go about it at once,
• 2:04:20
  Speaker 3: said Sancho. So he went among the trees and cut
• 2:04:23
  Speaker 3: a bundle of green boughs. Then he came and asked
• 2:04:26
  Speaker 3: his master's blessing, and after both had wept many tears,
• 2:04:31
  Speaker 3: he mounted Rosinante. Be good to the noble steeds, Sancho said,
• 2:04:36
  Speaker 3: don Quixote, remember to be as kind to him as
• 2:04:40
  Speaker 3: you have been to his master. Indeed, I will not forget,
• 2:04:44
  Speaker 3: said Sancho, and he rode away, stirring the boughs as
• 2:04:48
  Speaker 3: he went. Don Quixote watched him until a turn of
• 2:04:51
  Speaker 3: the road hid her from sight. Then he wandered into
• 2:04:54
  Speaker 3: the wildest part of the woods, and was really as
• 2:04:58
  Speaker 3: mad as the maddest knight he had ever run about.
• 2:05:02
  Speaker 3: End of Chapter fourteen.
• 2:05:05
  Speaker 4: Chapter fifteen Sancho Panza on the road. The next day,
• 2:05:11
  Speaker 4: as Sancho Panza was plodding slowly along the highway, he
• 2:05:14
  Speaker 4: came to a little inn. He knew the place quite well,
• 2:05:17
  Speaker 4: for he and his master had lodged there not a
• 2:05:20
  Speaker 4: month before. It was dinner time, and the odors of
• 2:05:23
  Speaker 4: the kitchen filled the air. Sancho's mouth watered at the
• 2:05:27
  Speaker 4: thought of a bit of hot roast beef, for he
• 2:05:29
  Speaker 4: had tasted nothing but cold victuals for many days. He
• 2:05:33
  Speaker 4: rode up to the gate and stopped. He had had
• 2:05:36
  Speaker 4: some trouble with the servants on his former visit to
• 2:05:39
  Speaker 4: this inn, and therefore he had some misgivings about the
• 2:05:42
  Speaker 4: reception that might now be given him. So he sat
• 2:05:45
  Speaker 4: still outside the gate and enjoyed the savory smells which
• 2:05:49
  Speaker 4: came to him through open windows. Presently, two men came out,
• 2:05:53
  Speaker 4: and when they saw him at the gate, they paused.
• 2:05:56
  Speaker 4: Then one said to the other, look there, master doctor ter,
• 2:06:00
  Speaker 4: isn't that Sancho Panza. Most truly, it is, said the other.
• 2:06:04
  Speaker 4: And more than that, he rides don Quixote's horse. Now,
• 2:06:08
  Speaker 4: these two men were the curate and the barber of
• 2:06:11
  Speaker 4: don Quixote's own village. They were the men who had
• 2:06:14
  Speaker 4: passed sentence on his books, and they knew more than
• 2:06:17
  Speaker 4: any one else about the poor man's malady. They were
• 2:06:21
  Speaker 4: now going through the country in search of him, for
• 2:06:23
  Speaker 4: they wished to persuade him to return to the care
• 2:06:25
  Speaker 4: of his family and friends. They spoke to Sancho, and
• 2:06:29
  Speaker 4: he was not a little surprised to meet them in
• 2:06:31
  Speaker 4: that out of the way place. Where is your master, Sancho,
• 2:06:35
  Speaker 4: Where is Don Quixote, they asked. My master is engaged
• 2:06:39
  Speaker 4: with some important business of his own, answered Sancho quite stiffly.
• 2:06:43
  Speaker 4: But where is he? Said the curate that I dare
• 2:06:46
  Speaker 4: not tell you, said Sancho. Now, Sancho Panza, cried the barber.
• 2:06:52
  Speaker 4: Don't try to put us off with any flim flam's story.
• 2:06:55
  Speaker 4: If you don't tell us where he is, we shall
• 2:06:58
  Speaker 4: believe you have murdered him and stolen his horse. So
• 2:07:01
  Speaker 4: out with it. Tell us the truth, or we'll have
• 2:07:04
  Speaker 4: you laid by the heels and punished as you deserve. Oh,
• 2:07:07
  Speaker 4: come now, neighbors, said Sancho, Why should you threaten me.
• 2:07:11
  Speaker 4: I don't know where my master is at this particular moment,
• 2:07:14
  Speaker 4: but I left him in Yonder Mountain, knocking his head
• 2:07:17
  Speaker 4: against the trees, tearing up rocks, and doing a thousand
• 2:07:20
  Speaker 4: queer things which I need not mention. Then He told
• 2:07:24
  Speaker 4: the whole story as I have told it to you,
• 2:07:27
  Speaker 4: adding to it a great many fanciful touches of his own.
• 2:07:31
  Speaker 4: And now he said, I am on my humble way
• 2:07:34
  Speaker 4: to Toboso, where I mean to give my master's letter
• 2:07:37
  Speaker 4: into the hands of the lady Dulcinea. Let us see
• 2:07:41
  Speaker 4: the letter, said the barber. Sancho put his hand into
• 2:07:45
  Speaker 4: his pocket to get the note book. He fumbled a
• 2:07:48
  Speaker 4: great while without finding it. He searched first in one pocket,
• 2:07:52
  Speaker 4: then in another. He searched in his sleeve, in his bosom,
• 2:07:56
  Speaker 4: in his hat. But had he searched until now, he
• 2:08:00
  Speaker 4: would not have found it. It had slipped through a
• 2:08:02
  Speaker 4: hole in his pocket and was lost in the dust
• 2:08:05
  Speaker 4: of the highway. He turned pale, and his hands trembled.
• 2:08:10
  Speaker 4: Then he began to rave and to stamp like a madman.
• 2:08:13
  Speaker 4: He tore his beard. He beat himself with his fists.
• 2:08:18
  Speaker 4: Why need you be so angry, Sancho asked the curate kindly,
• 2:08:21
  Speaker 4: What is the matter? Matter enough, he answered, I deserve
• 2:08:25
  Speaker 4: the worst beating in the world, for I have lost
• 2:08:28
  Speaker 4: three donkeys, which were as good as three castles. How
• 2:08:32
  Speaker 4: so asked the barber, were the donkeys in your pocket.
• 2:08:36
  Speaker 4: Not exactly, answered Sancho, but I have lost a note
• 2:08:40
  Speaker 4: book which contained not only the letter to Dulcinea, but
• 2:08:43
  Speaker 4: an order on don Quixote's niece for three of his
• 2:08:46
  Speaker 4: five donkeys. Then, with tears and sobs, the poor man
• 2:08:51
  Speaker 4: told them how he had recently lost his own dapple,
• 2:08:54
  Speaker 4: the joy of his household, the hope of his life.
• 2:08:58
  Speaker 4: Cheer up, Sancho, said the curate. We are going to
• 2:09:01
  Speaker 4: find your master, and I will see that he gives
• 2:09:03
  Speaker 4: you another order written in due form on paper, will
• 2:09:07
  Speaker 4: you indeed, said Sancho, brightening up. Well, then the loss
• 2:09:11
  Speaker 4: is not so bad after all. As for Dulcinea's letter,
• 2:09:14
  Speaker 4: I don't care a straw about that. I know it
• 2:09:17
  Speaker 4: all by heart and will carry it to her by
• 2:09:19
  Speaker 4: word of mouth. In other words, I will repeat it
• 2:09:22
  Speaker 4: to her just as it was written, and I will
• 2:09:24
  Speaker 4: repeat it to you if you wish. You speak like
• 2:09:28
  Speaker 4: a wise man, said the curate. But what concerns us
• 2:09:31
  Speaker 4: now is to find your master and persuade him to
• 2:09:34
  Speaker 4: give up his mad pranks and projects. So come into
• 2:09:38
  Speaker 4: the inn with us, and we'll talk it over while
• 2:09:40
  Speaker 4: we eat dinner. You too, may go in, answered Sancho.
• 2:09:44
  Speaker 4: But as for me, I feel best out here in
• 2:09:46
  Speaker 4: the open air. However, you may send me a dish
• 2:09:49
  Speaker 4: of hot victuals if you like, and I will eat
• 2:09:52
  Speaker 4: while I am waiting, and you may tell the stable
• 2:09:55
  Speaker 4: boy to bring rosanante an armful of fodder. So Sancho
• 2:09:59
  Speaker 4: said U at the gate, while the curate and the
• 2:10:01
  Speaker 4: barber went inside. Presently a dish of hot meat was
• 2:10:05
  Speaker 4: sent out to him, and he feasted as he had
• 2:10:07
  Speaker 4: not feasted for many a day. The hearty meal put
• 2:10:11
  Speaker 4: him in fine, good humor, and as he thought over
• 2:10:14
  Speaker 4: the words of the Curate and the barber, he made
• 2:10:16
  Speaker 4: up his mind to return with them into the mountains.
• 2:10:20
  Speaker 4: He was anxious to receive from Don Quixote a second
• 2:10:23
  Speaker 4: order for the three donkeys. He had scarcely finished his
• 2:10:27
  Speaker 4: meal when the curate and the barber came riding out
• 2:10:30
  Speaker 4: from the inn yard, ready to begin the journey. No
• 2:10:33
  Speaker 4: further time was wasted, and late that very afternoon they
• 2:10:36
  Speaker 4: reached the place where Sancho had strewn the green branches.
• 2:10:39
  Speaker 2: In the road.
• 2:10:41
  Speaker 4: It was right about here that I left him, he said,
• 2:10:43
  Speaker 4: and sure enough they soon discovered the night sitting quietly
• 2:10:47
  Speaker 4: upon a rock and gazing at the sky. He was
• 2:10:51
  Speaker 4: pale and almost starved, and Sancho could hear him sighing
• 2:10:55
  Speaker 4: dolefully and muttering the name of the lady Dulcinea. He
• 2:11:00
  Speaker 4: need not stop here to tell of the manner in
• 2:11:02
  Speaker 4: which don Quixote received his friends, who were so disguised
• 2:11:06
  Speaker 4: that he did not know them, Nor shall I describe
• 2:11:08
  Speaker 4: the ingenious trick by which they induced him to put
• 2:11:11
  Speaker 4: on his armor again and ride out of the forest.
• 2:11:14
  Speaker 4: At first all went well, for he was persuaded that
• 2:11:18
  Speaker 4: he was going to the aid of a fair princess
• 2:11:20
  Speaker 4: whom a tyrant had driven from her kingdom. Come on,
• 2:11:24
  Speaker 4: he cried, as he mounted Rosinante. Let us all go
• 2:11:28
  Speaker 4: together and avenge the wrongs of this unfortunate lady. They
• 2:11:33
  Speaker 4: set out, the curate and the barber, being disguised and
• 2:11:36
  Speaker 4: unknown to their poor friend. Sancho was obliged to travel
• 2:11:40
  Speaker 4: on foot again, while the rest rode gallantly along the
• 2:11:43
  Speaker 4: highway on horseback. But his heart was light and free,
• 2:11:47
  Speaker 4: and he kept thinking of the three donkeys and the
• 2:11:49
  Speaker 4: glorious time when don Quixote would make him the governor
• 2:11:52
  Speaker 4: of an island. The next day, when the party were
• 2:11:55
  Speaker 4: well out of the mountains, they suddenly saw at a
• 2:11:59
  Speaker 4: turn in the road a stranger riding slowly along at
• 2:12:02
  Speaker 4: a little distance ahead. He was dressed like a gypsy
• 2:12:06
  Speaker 4: and was mounted upon a small donkey, which he could
• 2:12:08
  Speaker 4: not by any means urge out of a snail's pace.
• 2:12:12
  Speaker 4: Sancho Panza's eyes opened very wide, for at the first
• 2:12:16
  Speaker 4: glance he knew that the gypsy was none other than
• 2:12:19
  Speaker 4: the thief Guiines de Pasamonte, and that the donkey was
• 2:12:23
  Speaker 4: his own long lost dapple. The next moment he was
• 2:12:27
  Speaker 4: running to overtake the pear, and although Guines tried hard
• 2:12:30
  Speaker 4: to whip the donkey into a trot, Sancho was soon
• 2:12:33
  Speaker 4: beside them. Ah, thou thief, He shouted, get off from
• 2:12:37
  Speaker 4: the back of my dear beast, Away from my dapple,
• 2:12:41
  Speaker 4: Away from my comfort, Take to thy heels and be gone.
• 2:12:45
  Speaker 4: He had no need to use so many words, for Guines,
• 2:12:48
  Speaker 4: seeing several men so close upon him, dismounted quickly and
• 2:12:52
  Speaker 4: took to his heels. No doubt he thought that the
• 2:12:55
  Speaker 4: king's officers were after him, for he bounded into the
• 2:12:58
  Speaker 4: woods and was soon out of sight. And now Sancho's
• 2:13:03
  Speaker 4: joy was too great to be described. He stroked the
• 2:13:06
  Speaker 4: donkey with his hands. He kissed it again and again.
• 2:13:10
  Speaker 4: He called it by every endearing name, My treasure, my darling,
• 2:13:15
  Speaker 4: my dear dapple. Is it possible that I have thee again?
• 2:13:19
  Speaker 4: How hast thou been since I saw thee last? He cried?
• 2:13:23
  Speaker 4: As for the donkey, it was as silent as any
• 2:13:26
  Speaker 4: donkey could be. It said not one word in answer
• 2:13:29
  Speaker 4: to Sancho's questions, but allowed him to kiss its nose
• 2:13:33
  Speaker 4: as often as he pleased. The rest of the company
• 2:13:35
  Speaker 4: rejoiced at the squire's good fortune, and Don Quixote said,
• 2:13:39
  Speaker 4: I am glad that you have found your beast, Sancho,
• 2:13:42
  Speaker 4: but it shall make no difference with the order which
• 2:13:44
  Speaker 4: you have on my niece. She is to give you
• 2:13:47
  Speaker 4: the three donkeys just the same. I thank you, sir,
• 2:13:51
  Speaker 4: said Sancho. You are always a kind master. End of
• 2:13:56
  Speaker 4: chapter fifteen. Chapter sixteen the ox cart journey. They were
• 2:14:03
  Speaker 4: still far from their home village, and Don Quixote's malady
• 2:14:06
  Speaker 4: grew worse every day. He gave himself up to so
• 2:14:10
  Speaker 4: many strange fancies that there was really no getting along
• 2:14:13
  Speaker 4: with him at length. When he would ride no farther
• 2:14:16
  Speaker 4: in the right direction. The curate and the barber were
• 2:14:19
  Speaker 4: forced to find some other plan by which to carry
• 2:14:22
  Speaker 4: him home. Luckily, one day, as they were stopping at
• 2:14:25
  Speaker 4: an inn, a wagoner with his team of oxen came
• 2:14:29
  Speaker 4: that way looking for something to do. He was willing
• 2:14:32
  Speaker 4: to undertake almost anything, and so the curate soon made
• 2:14:35
  Speaker 4: a bargain with him. With much labor and care, a
• 2:14:38
  Speaker 4: sort of wooden cage was made which could be fastened
• 2:14:41
  Speaker 4: firmly on the ox driver's wagon. It was fitted up
• 2:14:44
  Speaker 4: very comfortably with a stool and a cushion, and it
• 2:14:47
  Speaker 4: was so high and roomy that a man might sit
• 2:14:49
  Speaker 4: or lie in it with ease. Don Quixote knew nothing
• 2:14:52
  Speaker 4: about the plot which his friends were making against his liberty.
• 2:14:55
  Speaker 4: While they were busy in the barnyard, he sat in
• 2:14:58
  Speaker 4: the inn and talked to knights and knighthood to everyone
• 2:15:01
  Speaker 4: who would listen. Late in the evening, as he lay
• 2:15:04
  Speaker 4: quietly sleeping in his chamber, a number of strangely dressed
• 2:15:08
  Speaker 4: men made their way softly to his door. They had
• 2:15:11
  Speaker 4: masks on their faces, they wore long white robes, and
• 2:15:15
  Speaker 4: their whole appearance was very frightful. Indeed, They were the
• 2:15:19
  Speaker 4: curate and the barber, and the other guests of the inn.
• 2:15:22
  Speaker 4: But they were so disguised that not even Sancho Panza
• 2:15:26
  Speaker 4: could have guessed who they were. They opened the chamber
• 2:15:29
  Speaker 4: door and stole in. Don Quixote awoke.
• 2:15:31
  Speaker 2: With us start.
• 2:15:33
  Speaker 4: He looked round him in amazement, but not in fear.
• 2:15:37
  Speaker 4: When he saw the white robed figures standing by his bedside,
• 2:15:40
  Speaker 4: he sat up very quietly and said not a word.
• 2:15:45
  Speaker 4: He felt sure that he was now in an enchanted castle,
• 2:15:48
  Speaker 4: and that these figures were ghosts and hobgoblins which had
• 2:15:52
  Speaker 4: been called up to frighten him. He knew that it
• 2:15:54
  Speaker 4: was useless to fight with such creatures, for enchantment could
• 2:15:58
  Speaker 4: be met only by enchant Therefore, he quietly gave himself
• 2:16:02
  Speaker 4: up and made no resistance. The hobgoblins lifted him out
• 2:16:07
  Speaker 4: of bed. They dressed him in his best clothes. Then
• 2:16:10
  Speaker 4: they carried him out and put him in the wooden cage,
• 2:16:13
  Speaker 4: which stood ready at the door. They shut him safely
• 2:16:16
  Speaker 4: in and fastened the bars securely. The ox cart was
• 2:16:21
  Speaker 4: waiting in the courtyard of the inn. The men lifted
• 2:16:24
  Speaker 4: the cage upon it very gently and strapped it fast
• 2:16:28
  Speaker 4: Then the wagoner cracked his whip, and the oxen began
• 2:16:31
  Speaker 4: to move slowly and solemnly towards the great gate. Don
• 2:16:36
  Speaker 4: Quixote was not altogether displeased. He spoke to the people
• 2:16:39
  Speaker 4: who had come out in the dim moonlight to see
• 2:16:42
  Speaker 4: him depart. In all my books I never read of
• 2:16:45
  Speaker 4: a knight errant being drawn in a slow moving ox cart,
• 2:16:49
  Speaker 4: He said. They used to be whisked along with marvelous
• 2:16:52
  Speaker 4: speed on winged steeds and other quick going beasts. But
• 2:16:57
  Speaker 4: this traveling in an ox cart is not so bad,
• 2:17:00
  Speaker 4: and I don't object. Having said this, he became very
• 2:17:03
  Speaker 4: quiet and did not speak again for a long time.
• 2:17:07
  Speaker 4: It was an odd looking company that jogged along the
• 2:17:10
  Speaker 4: road across the great Plain. The next day. The wagoner
• 2:17:14
  Speaker 4: led the way with his oxen and his nightly prisoner
• 2:17:17
  Speaker 4: on either side of him. Rode an officer whose acquaintance
• 2:17:20
  Speaker 4: the Curate had made at the inn. Close behind the cart,
• 2:17:24
  Speaker 4: followed Sancho, riding his stapple donkey and leading Rosinante. Lastly,
• 2:17:30
  Speaker 4: the Curate and the barber, with veiled faces and riding
• 2:17:33
  Speaker 4: astride of mighty mules, brought up the rear. Don Quixote
• 2:17:38
  Speaker 4: sat most of the time leaning against the bars of
• 2:17:41
  Speaker 4: the cage. He was free to move about or to
• 2:17:44
  Speaker 4: lie down as he chose, but he sat silent and motionless,
• 2:17:48
  Speaker 4: and seemed more like a lifeless statue than a living man.
• 2:17:52
  Speaker 4: And thus they journeyed slowly over the long and seldom
• 2:17:55
  Speaker 4: traveled road. As the day wore on, the heart of
• 2:17:59
  Speaker 4: Sancho Panza was filled with pain because of his master's
• 2:18:02
  Speaker 4: grievous plight. He could not bear to think of him
• 2:18:05
  Speaker 4: thus caged like a wild beast, and hold from place
• 2:18:09
  Speaker 4: to place against his will. So, while the guards were
• 2:18:13
  Speaker 4: eating their noonday luncheon, he spent the hour in talking
• 2:18:16
  Speaker 4: with Don Quixote. The night seemed more like himself, and
• 2:18:20
  Speaker 4: he spoke very cheerfully with his squire, Good Sancho, he said,
• 2:18:25
  Speaker 4: have courage. I assure you that we shall soon escape
• 2:18:29
  Speaker 4: from the power of these wicked enchanters. Well, master, said Sancho,
• 2:18:34
  Speaker 4: I'll tell you the plain truth about this enchantment. Who
• 2:18:37
  Speaker 4: would you think now are those two fellows that ride
• 2:18:40
  Speaker 4: behind with their faces covered? Why they are the enchanters,
• 2:18:44
  Speaker 4: of course, answered Don Quixote. Enchanters, never, said Sancho. They
• 2:18:49
  Speaker 4: are only the curate of our village and the barber.
• 2:18:52
  Speaker 4: They are in a plot against you, for they fear
• 2:18:55
  Speaker 4: that your brave deeds will make you more famous than
• 2:18:57
  Speaker 4: they can ever be. There is no no enchantment at
• 2:19:00
  Speaker 4: all in this business. It's only your senses turned topsy turvy, friend,
• 2:19:06
  Speaker 4: Sancho answered, Don Quixote, I tell you it is enchantment,
• 2:19:10
  Speaker 4: and the idea that those who guard us are my
• 2:19:12
  Speaker 4: old friends, the curate and the barber, is a wicked delusion.
• 2:19:16
  Speaker 4: The power of magic is great, and if these enchanters
• 2:19:20
  Speaker 4: seem to be clothed in bodies like those of my friends,
• 2:19:23
  Speaker 4: it proves only their skill and their wonderful ingenuity. At length,
• 2:19:28
  Speaker 4: by the Curate's permission, Sancho opened the cage and helped
• 2:19:32
  Speaker 4: his poor master to step out upon the ground. Come, sir,
• 2:19:35
  Speaker 4: he said, I will set you free from this prison.
• 2:19:39
  Speaker 4: See now whether you can get on your trusty Rosinante's back.
• 2:19:43
  Speaker 4: The poor thing jogs on, as drooping and sorrowful as
• 2:19:46
  Speaker 4: if he too were enchanted. I will do as you say, friend, Sancho,
• 2:19:51
  Speaker 4: answered his master. But I give my word of honor
• 2:19:54
  Speaker 4: to these gentlemen that I will make no effort to escape.
• 2:19:58
  Speaker 4: I desire only to ride my stea as becomes a
• 2:20:00
  Speaker 4: true knight, that is, if I find myself strong enough
• 2:20:04
  Speaker 4: to do so.
• 2:20:05
  Speaker 2: He walked feebly up.
• 2:20:07
  Speaker 4: To Rosinante and lovingly stroked his neck and back. Ah
• 2:20:11
  Speaker 4: thou flower and glory of horse flesh, he said, I
• 2:20:15
  Speaker 4: trust that we shall soon be ourselves again. But his
• 2:20:18
  Speaker 4: strength had all left him. Even when he was lifted
• 2:20:21
  Speaker 4: into the saddle, he was too feeble to sit there.
• 2:20:25
  Speaker 4: A dizziness came over him, and he remembered with longing
• 2:20:28
  Speaker 4: his quiet home and his loving neighbors and friends. Help
• 2:20:32
  Speaker 4: me once more into the enchanted car, Friend, Sancho, he said,
• 2:20:36
  Speaker 4: for I am not in a condition to press the
• 2:20:39
  Speaker 4: back of Rosinante with all my heart, said Sancho, and
• 2:20:43
  Speaker 4: let me advise you to go willingly back to our village.
• 2:20:46
  Speaker 4: With these gentlemen at home, we may plan some other
• 2:20:49
  Speaker 4: journey that will be more profitable and perhaps more pleasant
• 2:20:53
  Speaker 4: than this has been. Your advice is good, answered the knight.
• 2:20:56
  Speaker 4: But until this enchantment has been removed, I shall be inactive.
• 2:21:00
  Speaker 4: The wagoner threw some new mown hay into the cage.
• 2:21:04
  Speaker 4: Then they lifted the night gently and laid him upon
• 2:21:07
  Speaker 4: this fragrant couch. They fastened no bars, but left the
• 2:21:11
  Speaker 4: place open so that he would not feel like a prisoner.
• 2:21:14
  Speaker 4: Then the wagoner cracked his whip, and the procession moved
• 2:21:18
  Speaker 4: on as before, And thus they journeyed slowly along the
• 2:21:22
  Speaker 4: seldom traveled road across the hills and the plain. It
• 2:21:26
  Speaker 4: was about noon of the sixth day when they at
• 2:21:29
  Speaker 4: length reached their home village. It was Sunday, and nearly
• 2:21:32
  Speaker 4: all the people were on the street when the ox
• 2:21:35
  Speaker 4: cart was seen trundling along with a cage upon it.
• 2:21:38
  Speaker 4: It was at once surrounded by a crowd of men
• 2:21:41
  Speaker 4: and boys. All wanted to know what kind of show
• 2:21:44
  Speaker 4: beast it was that was being thus hauled through the village.
• 2:21:47
  Speaker 4: What was their surprise, however, when they saw no beast
• 2:21:50
  Speaker 4: at all, but only their honored neighbor and friend, the
• 2:21:54
  Speaker 4: man whom they knew only by the name of mister Quihanna.
• 2:21:58
  Speaker 4: He was lying on the hay and taking but little
• 2:22:01
  Speaker 4: notice of anything round him. The village seemed strange to him,
• 2:22:05
  Speaker 4: and the faces of his friends were unknown and unrecognized.
• 2:22:09
  Speaker 4: While the villagers were gaping and wondering, a little boy
• 2:22:13
  Speaker 4: suddenly left the crowd and ran by the shortest way
• 2:22:16
  Speaker 4: to Don Quixote's dwelling. He rushed into the house and
• 2:22:19
  Speaker 4: cried out to the niece and housekeeper that their uncle
• 2:22:22
  Speaker 4: and master was coming home, and was almost at the door.
• 2:22:26
  Speaker 4: And oh, he is so lean and pale, piped the boy,
• 2:22:29
  Speaker 4: all out of breath, and he's on a bundle of
• 2:22:32
  Speaker 4: hay and a big wagon, and the wagon is an
• 2:22:34
  Speaker 4: ox cart, and you can soon see him for yourselves.
• 2:22:38
  Speaker 4: The two women listened, and then it was piteous to
• 2:22:41
  Speaker 4: hear their weeping. It's all on account of his reading
• 2:22:45
  Speaker 4: those books, sobbed the niece. We ought to have made
• 2:22:48
  Speaker 4: way with them long before, sighed the housekeeper. The ox cart,
• 2:22:52
  Speaker 4: with its honored passenger and faithful guards, moved slowly down
• 2:22:56
  Speaker 4: the street, while the odd villagers followed silently and with
• 2:23:00
  Speaker 4: much wonder. Suddenly a woman rushed from one of the
• 2:23:04
  Speaker 4: cottages and ran out to meet the procession. It was Huana,
• 2:23:08
  Speaker 4: the wife of Sancho Panza. Welcome Sancho, she cried, how
• 2:23:12
  Speaker 4: is the dear donkey. The donkey has come back in
• 2:23:16
  Speaker 4: better health than his master, answered the squire. How thankful
• 2:23:20
  Speaker 4: I am for that, said Juana. But what have you
• 2:23:23
  Speaker 4: brought home? Have you brought me a new petticoat, or
• 2:23:26
  Speaker 4: the children some shoes? In truth, sweet wife, said Sancho,
• 2:23:31
  Speaker 4: I have brought none of those things. But the next
• 2:23:33
  Speaker 4: time we ride out, I shall return right soon, and
• 2:23:37
  Speaker 4: you will find me the governor of an island. I
• 2:23:40
  Speaker 4: hope so with all my heart, answered the good wife.
• 2:23:43
  Speaker 4: For surely we need it. But what do you mean
• 2:23:46
  Speaker 4: by that word island? I never heard it before. I
• 2:23:49
  Speaker 4: don't understand what sort of thing it is. All in
• 2:23:53
  Speaker 4: good time, Juanna, said Sancho. Honey is not made for
• 2:23:56
  Speaker 4: a donkey's mouth. But you shall see what sort of
• 2:23:59
  Speaker 4: thing it is is. And let me tell you there
• 2:24:02
  Speaker 4: is nothing so good for an honest man as to
• 2:24:04
  Speaker 4: be the squire to a knight that is hunting adventures. Well,
• 2:24:09
  Speaker 4: I'm glad you think so, she said. Oh I not
• 2:24:12
  Speaker 4: only think, but I know it, said Sancho. It's rare
• 2:24:16
  Speaker 4: sport to climb mountains, to scramble over rocks, to beat
• 2:24:20
  Speaker 4: through the woods, to visit great castles, and to put
• 2:24:23
  Speaker 4: up at inns without a penny to pay. By this time,
• 2:24:26
  Speaker 4: the ox cart, with its company of guards and villagers,
• 2:24:29
  Speaker 4: had reached the door of don Quixote's dwelling. The curate
• 2:24:33
  Speaker 4: and the barber lifted the poor knight from his couch
• 2:24:36
  Speaker 4: of hay and carried him tenderly into his own chamber.
• 2:24:40
  Speaker 4: He was as helpless as a child, and neither spoke
• 2:24:43
  Speaker 4: nor attempted to move. The housekeeper and the niece undressed
• 2:24:47
  Speaker 4: him and put him in his ancient bed. He lay there,
• 2:24:51
  Speaker 4: looking at them curiously and wondering who they were. Their
• 2:24:55
  Speaker 4: faces seemed altogether strange to him. He could not imagine
• 2:24:59
  Speaker 4: where he was. The Curate charged the niece to be
• 2:25:02
  Speaker 4: very careful and tender of her uncle, and by all means,
• 2:25:05
  Speaker 4: he said, be watchful lest he should try to ride
• 2:25:09
  Speaker 4: out a third time in quest of adventures. One by one,
• 2:25:13
  Speaker 4: the good man's neighbors and friends returned to their homes.
• 2:25:17
  Speaker 4: Sancho Panza, with his donkey, sought his own dwelling, and
• 2:25:22
  Speaker 4: Don Quixote once more reposed quietly beneath his own roof
• 2:25:28
  Speaker 4: end of Chapter sixteen.
• 2:25:30
  Speaker 1: Chapter seventeen, with friends and neighbors. For nearly a month,
• 2:25:35
  Speaker 1: Don Quixote remained at home, seeing known at all but
• 2:25:37
  Speaker 1: his niece and his housekeeper. The curate and the barber
• 2:25:40
  Speaker 1: came daily to inquire who he was doing, but they
• 2:25:43
  Speaker 1: kept carefully out of his sightlas they might hinder his recovery.
• 2:25:46
  Speaker 1: At length, the niece told him that he was well
• 2:25:48
  Speaker 1: and in his right mind. Would they not come in
• 2:25:51
  Speaker 1: and see him? With much pleasure, answered the barber, and
• 2:25:54
  Speaker 1: they were ushered in. They found the poor gentleman sitting
• 2:25:57
  Speaker 1: up in his bed. He wore a waistcoat of baz
• 2:26:00
  Speaker 1: and on his head was in the red knight, and
• 2:26:03
  Speaker 1: on his head was a red nightcap. His eyes were
• 2:26:06
  Speaker 1: bright and his voice was clear, but his face and
• 2:26:09
  Speaker 1: body were so withered and wasted that he looked like
• 2:26:12
  Speaker 1: a mummy. They sat down by his bedside and talked
• 2:26:16
  Speaker 1: with him about the great mini matters. They tried to
• 2:26:18
  Speaker 1: say nothing about Knight Erranty, but at last the subject
• 2:26:21
  Speaker 1: came up in spite of them. Then don Quixote grew eloquent.
• 2:26:25
  Speaker 1: He talked about knights and giants and famous heroes, scarcely
• 2:26:29
  Speaker 1: giving the curate room to put in the word. His
• 2:26:32
  Speaker 1: friend saw with sadness that his mind still ran toward
• 2:26:35
  Speaker 1: the same great passion. They saw that there was his intention,
• 2:26:38
  Speaker 1: sooner or later, to ride out again to seek new adventures.
• 2:26:42
  Speaker 1: So at last, they took their departure. The curate again
• 2:26:46
  Speaker 1: whispered a word of caution to the niece. Keep a
• 2:26:49
  Speaker 1: good watch upon him, he said, Let everything be very
• 2:26:52
  Speaker 1: quiet around him, and don't let him think about going
• 2:26:55
  Speaker 1: away from home. As Don Quixote improved in strength and
• 2:26:59
  Speaker 1: became a walk about the house, other neighbors and frans
• 2:27:02
  Speaker 1: dropped him to see him. He welcomed each one cheerfully,
• 2:27:05
  Speaker 1: and never failed to say something in praise of knighthood.
• 2:27:08
  Speaker 1: But they, having been cautioned by the curate, talked to
• 2:27:11
  Speaker 1: him only about the weather and the crops, and soon
• 2:27:13
  Speaker 1: took their leave. And so the poor man gradually grew
• 2:27:17
  Speaker 1: stronger and seemed to be quite well contented. One morning, however,
• 2:27:21
  Speaker 1: who should knock at the door but Sancho Panza. I
• 2:27:25
  Speaker 1: have come to see the valorous Don Quixote, He said
• 2:27:28
  Speaker 1: to the niece. You shall see nobody, she answered, holding
• 2:27:31
  Speaker 1: the door against him. You shall not enter this house,
• 2:27:34
  Speaker 1: you vagabond. Go go, cried the housekeeper. It's all along
• 2:27:39
  Speaker 1: of you and nobody else that he has been enticed
• 2:27:42
  Speaker 1: and carried out rumbling all over the world.
• 2:27:45
  Speaker 2: No such thing, answered Sancho. It's I that have been
• 2:27:49
  Speaker 2: enticed and carried a rambling. Not your master.
• 2:27:52
  Speaker 1: It was he that took me from the house and home,
• 2:27:55
  Speaker 1: saying he would give me an island, and I'm still
• 2:27:57
  Speaker 1: waiting for it. An island. What's that, said the niece.
• 2:28:02
  Speaker 1: If it's anything to eat, I hope it'll choke you.
• 2:28:05
  Speaker 1: You're wrong there, answered Sancho. I'll do not to eat.
• 2:28:08
  Speaker 1: They're to govern well anyhow, you don't come in here,
• 2:28:12
  Speaker 1: said the niece. Don't govern your own house, plow your
• 2:28:15
  Speaker 1: own field, and don't trouble yourself about anybody's islands and
• 2:28:17
  Speaker 1: dry lands.
• 2:28:19
  Speaker 2: They're not for such as you.
• 2:28:21
  Speaker 1: It so happened that the Curate and the barber, who
• 2:28:23
  Speaker 1: were just taking their leave after a short visit, heard
• 2:28:25
  Speaker 1: the whole of this little quarrel. They were much amused
• 2:28:28
  Speaker 1: by it, and were about to give their help to
• 2:28:30
  Speaker 1: the niece, when don Quixote himself came to the door. Welcome,
• 2:28:34
  Speaker 1: my faithful friend, he said, and giving his niece a
• 2:28:37
  Speaker 1: sharp rebuke, he led Sancho into the house. Now mark me,
• 2:28:42
  Speaker 1: whispered the curate. Our neighbor will soon be rambling again,
• 2:28:45
  Speaker 1: in spite of all that we can do. Don Quixote
• 2:28:48
  Speaker 1: led his squire into the bedroom and locked the door,
• 2:28:51
  Speaker 1: and the two sat down together and talked of the
• 2:28:53
  Speaker 1: glories and perils of knighthood. What say you, friend, Sancho
• 2:28:58
  Speaker 1: said the knight, will you return to my service? What
• 2:29:01
  Speaker 1: does your good wife say? She says that the man
• 2:29:04
  Speaker 1: must not be his own carver, answered Sancho. She says
• 2:29:08
  Speaker 1: it is good to be certain that the bird in
• 2:29:10
  Speaker 1: the hand is worth two in the bush, and that
• 2:29:13
  Speaker 1: one hold fast is better than two. May be so's o,
• 2:29:17
  Speaker 1: women's counsel is not worth much. Yet he that despises
• 2:29:20
  Speaker 1: it is no better than he should be. I say
• 2:29:23
  Speaker 1: so too, said Don Quixote. You talk like pearls today.
• 2:29:27
  Speaker 1: But what shall I understand from all that? I wish
• 2:29:30
  Speaker 1: you to give me so much a month for my wages?
• 2:29:32
  Speaker 1: For other rewards may come late, and may not come
• 2:29:34
  Speaker 1: at all. A little in one's own pocket is better
• 2:29:37
  Speaker 1: than such in another's purse. Say they hit upon an egg,
• 2:29:40
  Speaker 1: Every little makes a mickle. You are wine, Sancho, said
• 2:29:44
  Speaker 1: Don Quixote. And I understand the drift of all your proverbs, certainly,
• 2:29:49
  Speaker 1: answered Sancho. And I should like to know what I'm
• 2:29:52
  Speaker 1: going to get if you should sometimes give me that island.
• 2:29:55
  Speaker 1: I would then be willing to knock a proper amount
• 2:29:56
  Speaker 1: off the wages. As to the wages, said don Quixote,
• 2:30:02
  Speaker 1: I would pay them willingly if it.
• 2:30:04
  Speaker 2: Were allowed by our order.
• 2:30:06
  Speaker 1: But in all the books I have ever read, there
• 2:30:08
  Speaker 1: is no account of a knight paying wages to his squire.
• 2:30:12
  Speaker 1: The servant was always given an island or something of
• 2:30:14
  Speaker 1: that sort, and there was an end of it. But
• 2:30:18
  Speaker 1: suppose the island was not forthcoming.
• 2:30:20
  Speaker 2: Said Sancho.
• 2:30:23
  Speaker 1: I abide by the customs of chivalry, said Don Quixote firmly.
• 2:30:27
  Speaker 1: If you desire not to take the same risks of
• 2:30:30
  Speaker 1: fortune as myself, Heaven be with you.
• 2:30:33
  Speaker 2: I can find the.
• 2:30:34
  Speaker 1: Squire more obedient and careful than you have ever been,
• 2:30:36
  Speaker 1: and much less talkative. Sancho's heart sank within him. He
• 2:30:41
  Speaker 1: had not expected an answer like this. In fact, he
• 2:30:44
  Speaker 1: had thought that Don Quixote could not possibly do without him.
• 2:30:47
  Speaker 1: He was so taken the bag that he did not
• 2:30:49
  Speaker 1: know what to say or do. At that moment, there
• 2:30:52
  Speaker 1: was a knock at the door. They was opened, and
• 2:30:54
  Speaker 1: in came the housekeeper and the niece, and with them
• 2:30:57
  Speaker 1: a young man of the village whose name was Samson Carrascal.
• 2:31:01
  Speaker 1: This young man was just home from the great college
• 2:31:04
  Speaker 1: at Salamanca, where he had received his bachelor's degree. He
• 2:31:08
  Speaker 1: was none of the biggest in Bonny, but a very
• 2:31:10
  Speaker 1: great man in all sorts of drawlry. He was about
• 2:31:13
  Speaker 1: twenty four years old. His face was round, his mouth
• 2:31:15
  Speaker 1: was large, and his eyes sprinkled with good humor. You
• 2:31:19
  Speaker 1: are a scholar, whispered the niece as they entered the room.
• 2:31:22
  Speaker 1: Try to persuade him from riding out again. But Samson
• 2:31:26
  Speaker 1: liked nothing so well as sport, and he was a
• 2:31:28
  Speaker 1: great actor and mimic. He threw himself at Don Quixote's
• 2:31:31
  Speaker 1: feet and delivered the speech that was full of flattery
• 2:31:34
  Speaker 1: and big words.
• 2:31:36
  Speaker 2: O Flower of chivalry. He cried, refulgent, glory of arms,
• 2:31:41
  Speaker 2: the pride of Spain. Let all who would prevent thy
• 2:31:44
  Speaker 2: third going out to be lost and disappointed in their
• 2:31:48
  Speaker 2: perverse wishes. Then, turning to the housekeeper, he said, you
• 2:31:52
  Speaker 2: must not attain him, for while he stays here idle,
• 2:31:55
  Speaker 2: the poor are without a helper, orphans are without a friend,
• 2:31:58
  Speaker 2: the oppressed are out the defender, and the world is
• 2:32:01
  Speaker 2: deprived of a most valorous knight. To this speech.
• 2:32:05
  Speaker 1: The housekeeper could make no reply, and Samson therefore turned
• 2:32:09
  Speaker 1: again to don Quixote. Go forth in my graceful, my
• 2:32:13
  Speaker 1: fearless hero, he said, let your greatness be on the wing,
• 2:32:17
  Speaker 1: and if anything be needful to your comfort or your
• 2:32:19
  Speaker 1: service here, I am to supply it. I am ready
• 2:32:22
  Speaker 1: to do anything. I am ready, yet ambitious, to attend
• 2:32:26
  Speaker 1: you as your squire and faithful servant. Don Quixote was
• 2:32:31
  Speaker 1: deeply moved. He took the young man by the hand
• 2:32:34
  Speaker 1: and embraced him. No, my friend, he said, it would
• 2:32:38
  Speaker 1: be unfair that Samson Carrasco, the darling of courts, on
• 2:32:41
  Speaker 1: the glory of the settle months of schools, should devote his.
• 2:32:45
  Speaker 2: Talents to such a purpose.
• 2:32:47
  Speaker 1: I forbid it remain in thy country, the honor of
• 2:32:51
  Speaker 1: Spain and the delight of thy parents. Although Sancho declines
• 2:32:54
  Speaker 1: to go with me, there are plenty of others who
• 2:32:56
  Speaker 1: will be glad to serve as my squire. At these words,
• 2:33:00
  Speaker 1: Sancho burst into tears and cried out, oh, I'll go,
• 2:33:03
  Speaker 1: I'll go with you, sir. I have not a heart
• 2:33:05
  Speaker 1: of flint, and if I spoke about wages, it was
• 2:33:07
  Speaker 1: only to please my wife. So the two embraced and
• 2:33:12
  Speaker 1: were as good friends as before, and with the advice
• 2:33:15
  Speaker 1: of Samson Carrasco, it was agreed that on the third
• 2:33:18
  Speaker 1: day they would set out on their new trial of adventures.
• 2:33:22
  Speaker 1: The niece and the housekeeper made a woeful outcry. They
• 2:33:25
  Speaker 1: tore their hair, they scratched their faces, they scolded, they pleaded,
• 2:33:29
  Speaker 1: they wept bitter tears, but nothing could change the designs
• 2:33:33
  Speaker 1: of the velorous night. The curate and the barber, as
• 2:33:36
  Speaker 1: well as the women, blamed Samson Carrasco for the whole business,
• 2:33:41
  Speaker 1: but he understood the case better than they. It is
• 2:33:43
  Speaker 1: wiser not to restrain him. He said, he will find
• 2:33:46
  Speaker 1: the cure for his malady, not here, but on the road,
• 2:33:49
  Speaker 1: so let us humor him. End of Chapter seventeen. Chapter eighteen,
• 2:33:56
  Speaker 1: in search of Dulcinea. Towards evening on the appointed date,
• 2:34:00
  Speaker 1: the start was made. Don Quixote mounted on his Rosinante,
• 2:34:03
  Speaker 1: and Sancho threw himself astride of his faithful dapple. The
• 2:34:07
  Speaker 1: knight carried a new lance and wore a new helmet
• 2:34:09
  Speaker 1: of brass, which his friend Sampson had given him, and
• 2:34:12
  Speaker 1: the squire carried a wallet well filled with provisions, and
• 2:34:15
  Speaker 1: the purse stuffed with money to the fray expenses. The
• 2:34:19
  Speaker 1: niece and the housekeeper, having become reconciled to the journey,
• 2:34:22
  Speaker 1: soothed the door, raving their good byes, and Sancho's wife,
• 2:34:26
  Speaker 1: watching from her window, wept her farewells as they passed.
• 2:34:29
  Speaker 1: Sampson Carrasco walked with them to the edge of the village,
• 2:34:32
  Speaker 1: and there bade them God's speed on their journey. And
• 2:34:36
  Speaker 1: so Knight and Squire rode forth with solemn faces and
• 2:34:39
  Speaker 1: high resolves, ready to encounter whatever fate was in store
• 2:34:42
  Speaker 1: for them. Friend Sancho said, Don Quixote, our first duty
• 2:34:47
  Speaker 1: is plain. Before undertaking any feat of arms, we must
• 2:34:50
  Speaker 1: prepare to the city of Teposso, and there performed those
• 2:34:53
  Speaker 1: acts of homage which are due to the peerless lady Dulcinea.
• 2:34:57
  Speaker 1: It is even as you command, Sir Knight, answered Sancho.
• 2:35:01
  Speaker 1: Therefore to Diboso they made their way. It was late
• 2:35:05
  Speaker 1: in the afternoon of the second day when they came
• 2:35:07
  Speaker 1: in sight of that notable and most important place. Since
• 2:35:11
  Speaker 1: Don Quixote did not know the house whence Dulcinea lived,
• 2:35:13
  Speaker 1: he thought it best to tarry outside until after nightfall.
• 2:35:17
  Speaker 1: They therefore spent the evening under some oaks a little
• 2:35:19
  Speaker 1: way from the road, and did not enter Toboso until
• 2:35:21
  Speaker 1: about midnight. As they rode along the grass grown street,
• 2:35:26
  Speaker 1: the whole world seemed silent. There was no one stirring
• 2:35:29
  Speaker 1: in the city. The people were all asleep, and there
• 2:35:32
  Speaker 1: was no light save that of the moon. The heart
• 2:35:35
  Speaker 1: of Don Quixote was filled with forebodings. My dear Sancho,
• 2:35:39
  Speaker 1: he whispered, hoarsely, show me the way to her palace. Palace,
• 2:35:45
  Speaker 1: He said, what palace do you mean? When I saw her,
• 2:35:48
  Speaker 1: she was living in a small cottage. Now, in truth,
• 2:35:51
  Speaker 1: he had never seen her at all, but he wished
• 2:35:53
  Speaker 1: to make believe that he had done so when his
• 2:35:55
  Speaker 1: master had sent him with the letter. They rode slowly
• 2:35:59
  Speaker 1: along the street till they approached the large building, which
• 2:36:02
  Speaker 1: loomed tall and dark in the dim moonlight. Here, it is,
• 2:36:05
  Speaker 1: said Don Quixote, here is my Dulcinea's palace, and it
• 2:36:08
  Speaker 1: is well worthy of a peerless lady.
• 2:36:11
  Speaker 2: But when he rode it.
• 2:36:12
  Speaker 1: Closer, he discovered that there was no palace at all,
• 2:36:14
  Speaker 1: but only the great church of the town. We have
• 2:36:17
  Speaker 1: made a mistake, Sancho. He said, this is not her
• 2:36:20
  Speaker 1: dwelling place, and we shall have to look farther. They
• 2:36:24
  Speaker 1: rode onward to the end of the street. Then they
• 2:36:26
  Speaker 1: came back and looked through every by path and alley,
• 2:36:29
  Speaker 1: but they could not find anything that looked like a palace. Presently,
• 2:36:33
  Speaker 1: the knight began to wear away. A faint light appeared
• 2:36:37
  Speaker 1: in the east and grew larger and brighter. It overspread
• 2:36:40
  Speaker 1: the sky. The swallows that were nesting under the caves
• 2:36:43
  Speaker 1: began to twitter. Morning was nigh at hand. Here and
• 2:36:47
  Speaker 1: there a door was heard to open. The sound of
• 2:36:49
  Speaker 1: voices broke the stillness of the town. The people were
• 2:36:52
  Speaker 1: beginning to stir. As Knight and Squire paused in the street,
• 2:36:56
  Speaker 1: uncertain what to do. A young countryman came along, driving
• 2:37:00
  Speaker 1: a pair of mules and singing the song of Roland.
• 2:37:03
  Speaker 1: Good morning, honest friend, said don Quixote, pray, tell me
• 2:37:07
  Speaker 1: where is the palace of the peerless princess, the lady
• 2:37:10
  Speaker 1: Dulcinea del Toboso. I've just lately come to Toboso, and
• 2:37:15
  Speaker 1: I don't know of any palaces, but the curate of
• 2:37:18
  Speaker 1: the town lives in this next house. Ask him he
• 2:37:21
  Speaker 1: knows all about princesses and palaces. Having said this, he
• 2:37:25
  Speaker 1: switched his mules and drove on, singing louder than before.
• 2:37:30
  Speaker 1: Don Quixote, sitting quietly on the back of Rosenante, gazed
• 2:37:33
  Speaker 1: at the curate's house, uncertain what to do. Curates were
• 2:37:37
  Speaker 1: not always favorable to chivalry, and this curate might not
• 2:37:40
  Speaker 1: sympathize with a wondering night, however valorous he might be.
• 2:37:45
  Speaker 1: It was now broad daylight, the sun was almost above
• 2:37:49
  Speaker 1: the trees. There would soon be other passers by in
• 2:37:52
  Speaker 1: the street. Sancho Panza began to feel uneasy. I think, sir,
• 2:37:57
  Speaker 1: said he that it will not be very handsome to
• 2:38:00
  Speaker 1: sit here and be stared at by everybody in the town.
• 2:38:03
  Speaker 1: We had better slip out to some grove not far away. Then,
• 2:38:06
  Speaker 1: While you lie there hidden, I will come back and
• 2:38:08
  Speaker 1: search every hole and corner for the lady Dulcinea. When
• 2:38:11
  Speaker 1: I find her, i'll talk to her and tell her
• 2:38:14
  Speaker 1: that you are close by waiting for her orders. This,
• 2:38:17
  Speaker 1: of course, will make her all the more ready to
• 2:38:19
  Speaker 1: receive you. Dear Sancho answered don Quixote, you were always wise.
• 2:38:26
  Speaker 1: You have said a thousand sentences and a few words,
• 2:38:29
  Speaker 1: and I will do exactly as you say without further
• 2:38:32
  Speaker 1: loss of time. Therefore, they turned their steeds about and
• 2:38:36
  Speaker 1: rode out of town to a grove some two miles away. There,
• 2:38:39
  Speaker 1: don Quixote concealed himself among the trees, bidding Sancho Panza
• 2:38:44
  Speaker 1: return and make haste to discover the whereabouts of the
• 2:38:47
  Speaker 1: lady Dulcinea.
• 2:38:49
  Speaker 2: Cheer up.
• 2:38:49
  Speaker 1: Master Sancho replied, at leaving, I'll be back in the
• 2:38:52
  Speaker 1: trice the hare leaps out of the bush, where release
• 2:38:55
  Speaker 1: expect her faint heart never won fair, Lady Sancho said
• 2:39:00
  Speaker 1: the knight, you have a rare talent for clothing proverbs.
• 2:39:04
  Speaker 1: But the squire was already riding briskly away towards the town.
• 2:39:08
  Speaker 2: He did not ride far.
• 2:39:09
  Speaker 1: However, at the foot of a little hill, he paused
• 2:39:12
  Speaker 1: and looked back. Seeing that he was out of his
• 2:39:14
  Speaker 1: master's sight, he stopped under a tree by the roadside
• 2:39:17
  Speaker 1: and began to talk with himself. Friend, Sancho, where are
• 2:39:21
  Speaker 1: you going? Are you hunting for a mule? No, not
• 2:39:25
  Speaker 1: for any mule. What then are you doing? I am
• 2:39:29
  Speaker 1: looking for a princess who was the sum of all beauty.
• 2:39:32
  Speaker 1: Where do you think you will find her where? Why
• 2:39:35
  Speaker 1: in the great city of Toboso. But it's like looking
• 2:39:38
  Speaker 1: for a needle in a haystack. Why do you undertake
• 2:39:41
  Speaker 1: such a thing? Why to please my master, of course,
• 2:39:45
  Speaker 1: But if he is mad enough to mistake windmills for giants,
• 2:39:49
  Speaker 1: it will not be hard to make him believe that
• 2:39:51
  Speaker 1: any country girl is the lady Dulcinea. Certainly it will not. Well,
• 2:39:56
  Speaker 1: that is just what I'll do. It will be the
• 2:39:58
  Speaker 1: easiest wail of this stru business. So he alighted and
• 2:40:02
  Speaker 1: sat down under the tree, and he remembered the provisions
• 2:40:05
  Speaker 1: which he had in his wallet. When he had eaten
• 2:40:08
  Speaker 1: a hearty breakfast, he lay down and slept until it
• 2:40:10
  Speaker 1: was far past midday. At last he awoke, feeling rested,
• 2:40:15
  Speaker 1: and contented, this is better than riding through Toboso hunting
• 2:40:19
  Speaker 1: for Dulcinea's palace.
• 2:40:20
  Speaker 2: He said, he had just remounted.
• 2:40:22
  Speaker 1: His donkey when looking down the road he saw three
• 2:40:25
  Speaker 1: country girls coming up from the town. They were awkward
• 2:40:28
  Speaker 1: and red faced, and were riding slowly along on donkeys.
• 2:40:32
  Speaker 1: Sancho did not wait a moment, but turned his steed
• 2:40:35
  Speaker 1: quickly about and made all haste back to his master, Well,
• 2:40:39
  Speaker 1: my good Sancho, what news, asked the knight.
• 2:40:42
  Speaker 2: Eagerly?
• 2:40:43
  Speaker 1: Are we to mark this day with a white stone
• 2:40:45
  Speaker 1: or with a black market with red ochre?
• 2:40:48
  Speaker 2: Sir answered Sancho.
• 2:40:50
  Speaker 1: The lady Dulcinea, with her two mates, is coming out
• 2:40:52
  Speaker 1: to meet you. She is close at hand, even now
• 2:40:55
  Speaker 1: some mount rosing on to it quickly and getting to
• 2:40:58
  Speaker 1: the road where you can see her for yourself and
• 2:41:00
  Speaker 1: greet her in a becoming manner. I can hardly believe
• 2:41:04
  Speaker 1: such news, Sancho said, Don Quixote, do not add to
• 2:41:07
  Speaker 1: my grief by deceiving me. Deceive you, sir, Why should
• 2:41:12
  Speaker 1: I wish to play a trick on you? Come Ride
• 2:41:14
  Speaker 1: out with me quickly, and you will see the princess coming.
• 2:41:17
  Speaker 1: She and her damsels are all one sparkle of gold.
• 2:41:20
  Speaker 1: All pearls are diamond, all rubies. There is never so
• 2:41:24
  Speaker 1: much beauty seen in Spain. Let us hasten, then, Sancho
• 2:41:27
  Speaker 1: said Don Quixote, climbing upon Rosinante with uncommon speed. And
• 2:41:32
  Speaker 1: I promise to reward you for your good deeds. You
• 2:41:35
  Speaker 1: shall have the best spoils of our next adventure, And
• 2:41:38
  Speaker 1: if that is not enough, I will give you the
• 2:41:40
  Speaker 1: three colts I have at home. I shall be very
• 2:41:43
  Speaker 1: glad to get the colt's master, And I thank you,
• 2:41:45
  Speaker 1: said Sancho. But as for spoils, they are so small
• 2:41:48
  Speaker 1: that I am not particular. They would hastily out of
• 2:41:52
  Speaker 1: the grove and were soon on the high road at
• 2:41:54
  Speaker 1: the crest of the hill. Looking down towards the town,
• 2:41:57
  Speaker 1: they could see no one but the three donkey lasses,
• 2:42:00
  Speaker 1: approaching slowly on their donkeys. Don Quixote's face showed his
• 2:42:04
  Speaker 1: deep disappointment. He paused and looked backward and forward this way,
• 2:42:09
  Speaker 1: and that I don't see her, Sancho, he said, are
• 2:42:13
  Speaker 1: you sure that she has left the city?
• 2:42:16
  Speaker 2: But where are your eyes?
• 2:42:17
  Speaker 1: Master, answered the squire, would you see her right there
• 2:42:20
  Speaker 1: with her two lovely maidens? I see nothing but three
• 2:42:24
  Speaker 1: country girls on three very strongy donkeys. Well, well, is
• 2:42:29
  Speaker 1: it possible that you mistake the princess for an awkward
• 2:42:32
  Speaker 1: country girl? Can't you distinguish a beautiful palfrey from a
• 2:42:35
  Speaker 1: miserable donkey? To tell you the truth, Sancho, I see
• 2:42:39
  Speaker 1: nothing but three donkeys carrying as many red faced country girls.
• 2:42:43
  Speaker 1: They are coming towards us, and I see them quite
• 2:42:45
  Speaker 1: plainly but where is the princess, Oh, master master, how
• 2:42:49
  Speaker 1: blind you are. There is no country girl inside. It
• 2:42:53
  Speaker 1: is the princess whom you see, and she is drawing
• 2:42:56
  Speaker 1: nearer every moment. Let us hasten and speak to her.
• 2:43:01
  Speaker 1: So saying, Sancho spurred his donkey onward and hurried down
• 2:43:04
  Speaker 1: the hill to meet the girls. He leaped to the
• 2:43:07
  Speaker 1: ground to the middle of the road before them, He
• 2:43:09
  Speaker 1: placed himself in front of the tallest and most ungainly
• 2:43:12
  Speaker 1: of the three. He lifted his hat and fell upon
• 2:43:15
  Speaker 1: his knees. Queen and Princess of beauty, listen to my prayer,
• 2:43:20
  Speaker 1: he began. If it please your Highness and haughtiness grant
• 2:43:24
  Speaker 1: had taken too your lightning that yonder knight. Who is
• 2:43:27
  Speaker 1: your humble captive. I am Sancho Panza, his famous squire,
• 2:43:32
  Speaker 1: and he is the wondering weather beaten Don Quixote di
• 2:43:36
  Speaker 1: la Mancha. By this time, Don Quixote had also dismounted
• 2:43:40
  Speaker 1: and was kneeling in the middle of the road. It
• 2:43:43
  Speaker 1: was hard for him to believe that this homely damsel
• 2:43:45
  Speaker 1: was his queen, the Lady Dulcinea, for she was flat
• 2:43:48
  Speaker 1: nosed and blubber cheeked and coarse and firm in manners.
• 2:43:52
  Speaker 1: Yet he tried to imagine that some enchanter had changed
• 2:43:54
  Speaker 1: her into this form.
• 2:43:56
  Speaker 2: Get out of our way.
• 2:43:57
  Speaker 1: Screamed the angry girls. We're in a hurry to get home.
• 2:44:01
  Speaker 1: But Sancho knelt unmoved in the very pathway of their mules. Oh,
• 2:44:05
  Speaker 1: universal lady, he said, does not your heart melt and pity?
• 2:44:09
  Speaker 1: See there, how the post and pillar of knight Errantry
• 2:44:12
  Speaker 1: is offering his homage to you. Hey day, cried one
• 2:44:16
  Speaker 1: of the girls. Listen to his gibberish. Get out of
• 2:44:20
  Speaker 1: the way, shouted the tall one. Yes, get out of
• 2:44:23
  Speaker 1: the way, and let us get along, screamed the third.
• 2:44:26
  Speaker 1: With that, they kicked their donkeys in the ribs and
• 2:44:28
  Speaker 1: crowded past. The next moment, they were speeding away in
• 2:44:31
  Speaker 1: the cloud of dust, and were soon at the top
• 2:44:33
  Speaker 1: of the hill. Don Quixote rose from the ground and
• 2:44:36
  Speaker 1: looked after them. He washed them with sorrowing eyes until
• 2:44:40
  Speaker 1: a turn in the road hid them from sight. Then
• 2:44:43
  Speaker 1: he turned to the squire and said, Sancho, what do
• 2:44:46
  Speaker 1: you think of this business? Aren't those enchanters the most
• 2:44:49
  Speaker 1: evil minded creatures you ever saw?
• 2:44:52
  Speaker 2: They were not.
• 2:44:52
  Speaker 1: Content with turning my dulcinea into the likeness of a
• 2:44:55
  Speaker 1: coarse country girl. They went so far as to take
• 2:44:57
  Speaker 1: from her the sweet.
• 2:44:58
  Speaker 2: Perfume of flowers. Or didn't you know this?
• 2:45:01
  Speaker 1: That strong whiff of raw onions as she passed us.
• 2:45:04
  Speaker 1: It almost took my breath away. Oh those enchanters, cried Sancho.
• 2:45:10
  Speaker 1: They don't stop at any kind of wickedness. And I
• 2:45:12
  Speaker 1: wish I could see the most strung on that thread
• 2:45:14
  Speaker 1: and hung up to dry like a lot of herrings.
• 2:45:18
  Speaker 1: Ah well, well, sighed Don Quixote. I have sat up before,
• 2:45:23
  Speaker 1: and now I say a thousand times I am the
• 2:45:27
  Speaker 1: most unlucky man in the universe. Then he remounted Rosenante
• 2:45:32
  Speaker 1: and rode on, very sad and silent. He rode on
• 2:45:37
  Speaker 1: through the town and down the long, dusty highway on
• 2:45:39
  Speaker 1: the other side, not caring whither he went, and Sancho
• 2:45:43
  Speaker 1: Panza followed him in of chapter eighteen Chapter nineteen The
• 2:45:51
  Speaker 1: Strolling Players. A few days afterward, as Don Quixote was
• 2:45:55
  Speaker 1: riding onward and still grieving because of his ill luck,
• 2:45:58
  Speaker 1: he suddenly met a large car full of strange people.
• 2:46:02
  Speaker 1: The driver, who was walking by his horses was dressed
• 2:46:05
  Speaker 1: very oddly. His coat and trousers were of scarlet. He
• 2:46:09
  Speaker 1: had horns on his head, and he wore a long
• 2:46:11
  Speaker 1: pointed tail. He looks like some wicked hobgoblin, whispered Sancho
• 2:46:17
  Speaker 1: to his master.
• 2:46:18
  Speaker 2: Seated in the cart.
• 2:46:19
  Speaker 1: There was a hideous figure of death. On one side
• 2:46:22
  Speaker 1: of this figure, an angel was standing with his great
• 2:46:25
  Speaker 1: white rings folded. On the other side sat an emperor
• 2:46:28
  Speaker 1: with a golden crown on his head. Behind these there
• 2:46:31
  Speaker 1: was cupid with a bow and arrows, as cupids always are,
• 2:46:34
  Speaker 1: and near him was a knight in white armor, who
• 2:46:37
  Speaker 1: wore a soft hat instead of a helmet. Following the
• 2:46:40
  Speaker 1: cart on foot there came a clown with cap and bells,
• 2:46:43
  Speaker 1: and with him were three or four other persons dressed
• 2:46:46
  Speaker 1: in strange and brightly covered clothing. Neither knight nor squire
• 2:46:50
  Speaker 1: had ever seen so strange a company of travelers, and
• 2:46:53
  Speaker 1: Don Quixote paused in surprise at meeting them in that
• 2:46:55
  Speaker 1: lonely place. As for Sancho, he was frightened beyond measure,
• 2:46:59
  Speaker 1: for he thought that these were the enchanters of whom
• 2:47:02
  Speaker 1: his master was always talking, and no mistake. Soon, however,
• 2:47:06
  Speaker 1: Don Quixote's face grew brighter, for a brave thought had
• 2:47:08
  Speaker 1: come to him. He spurred Rosenante Ford, saying to Sancho,
• 2:47:12
  Speaker 1: perhaps this will be the rarest of all our adventures.
• 2:47:16
  Speaker 1: He planted himself in the middle of the road before
• 2:47:18
  Speaker 1: the approaching company. Then he shouted, you, carter, coachman, or
• 2:47:23
  Speaker 1: wherever you be, halt, haunt there and answer my questions.
• 2:47:27
  Speaker 1: Who are you, where have you come from, Whither are
• 2:47:30
  Speaker 1: you going?
• 2:47:31
  Speaker 2: What is your business?
• 2:47:33
  Speaker 1: The driver brought the cart to a standstill and looked
• 2:47:36
  Speaker 1: up with surprise at the strangely clad horseman who had
• 2:47:38
  Speaker 1: thus challenged him. Sir, he said, we are a party
• 2:47:43
  Speaker 1: of players. We have just come from the town on
• 2:47:46
  Speaker 1: the other side of the mountain where you have been
• 2:47:48
  Speaker 1: playing a tragedy called the Dance of Death. This afternoon
• 2:47:51
  Speaker 1: we are to play the again in the next town.
• 2:47:53
  Speaker 1: We are traveling in our acting clothes, so as to
• 2:47:55
  Speaker 1: save the trouble of dressing and then dressing ourselves.
• 2:47:58
  Speaker 2: You speak like.
• 2:47:59
  Speaker 1: An honest man, said Don Quixote, although you look like
• 2:48:02
  Speaker 1: something quite different. Well, I play the part of the devil,
• 2:48:06
  Speaker 1: answered the driver, And you know that is the best
• 2:48:09
  Speaker 1: part of all The young man in the wagon takes
• 2:48:11
  Speaker 1: the part of death, and the person by his side
• 2:48:14
  Speaker 1: is an angel. And there is the Emperor, and there
• 2:48:16
  Speaker 1: is the soldier. And behind the wagon you can see
• 2:48:19
  Speaker 1: all the rest of the company. I wish you well,
• 2:48:22
  Speaker 1: good people, said don Quixote, moving aside.
• 2:48:24
  Speaker 2: Drive on now and act your play.
• 2:48:26
  Speaker 1: If I can be of any help to you, I
• 2:48:28
  Speaker 1: shall be much pleased, for even in my childhood I
• 2:48:30
  Speaker 1: love the player's art. At this moment, the clown came
• 2:48:33
  Speaker 1: frisking to the front of the wagon to see what
• 2:48:35
  Speaker 1: was going on. A number of tinkling bells were fastened
• 2:48:38
  Speaker 1: to his coat, and he had a long stake with
• 2:48:40
  Speaker 1: three bladders on it, which he flourished back and forth
• 2:48:43
  Speaker 1: in the air. His first act was to bounce the
• 2:48:46
  Speaker 1: bladders right under poor Rosinante's nose. This so startled the
• 2:48:50
  Speaker 1: old horse that he sprang forward and quickly had the
• 2:48:53
  Speaker 1: better of his rider. He took the bit in his
• 2:48:56
  Speaker 1: mouth and ran with all the speed of a plow
• 2:48:58
  Speaker 1: horse across the open Sancho was in great fear lest
• 2:49:02
  Speaker 1: don Quxote should be thrown and hurt. Therefore he leaped
• 2:49:05
  Speaker 1: from his donkey and gave chase, hoping to overtake the
• 2:49:08
  Speaker 1: flying steed, or at the worst, to ease his master's fall.
• 2:49:11
  Speaker 1: But before he had gone a hundred yards, Rosanante stumbled,
• 2:49:14
  Speaker 1: and horse and rider fell, rolling into the dust. Now,
• 2:49:18
  Speaker 1: the clown, when he saw Sancho dismount, ran hastily to
• 2:49:22
  Speaker 1: the dapple donkey and leaped upon his back. He rattled
• 2:49:25
  Speaker 1: the bladders over the poor creature's ears, and so frightened
• 2:49:28
  Speaker 1: it was that it went flying down the road towards
• 2:49:30
  Speaker 1: the town where the play was to be. Sancho, seeing this,
• 2:49:33
  Speaker 1: was uncertain what to do. Should he help his master
• 2:49:36
  Speaker 1: or should he run after dapple on the ground. He
• 2:49:39
  Speaker 1: turned this way, he turned that, he leaped over the fence,
• 2:49:42
  Speaker 1: he leaped back, and at last he hurried to the
• 2:49:44
  Speaker 1: knight and helped him to rise. Oh, sir, he cried,
• 2:49:48
  Speaker 1: the evil one has run away with my dear dapple.
• 2:49:52
  Speaker 1: What evil one? Asked don Quixote, Why the one of
• 2:49:57
  Speaker 1: the bladders, answered Sancho. Oh, well, don't grieve about that,
• 2:50:01
  Speaker 1: said don Quixote. I'll force him to give the animal up.
• 2:50:04
  Speaker 1: Follow me, Sancho, Oh, master, I'd rather not, said Sancho. Anyhow,
• 2:50:09
  Speaker 1: we needn't be in our hurry, for I see that
• 2:50:10
  Speaker 1: he has left the donkey and has gone his way.
• 2:50:14
  Speaker 1: What he said was true, for the donkey had fallen
• 2:50:16
  Speaker 1: in the road and thrown its rider. The clown picked
• 2:50:18
  Speaker 1: himself up, unhurt, and walked on towards the town. The
• 2:50:22
  Speaker 1: donkey also arose, and, after looking around, came slowly back
• 2:50:25
  Speaker 1: towards its master. All this is lucky for you, said
• 2:50:29
  Speaker 1: don Quixote, but it won't hinder me from teaching these
• 2:50:31
  Speaker 1: people a lesson. Then, in spite of all that Sancho
• 2:50:34
  Speaker 1: could do or say, he galloped after the cart, saying, hold,
• 2:50:38
  Speaker 1: hold stop there, my pretty sparks. I'll teach you to
• 2:50:41
  Speaker 1: be a little more civil to strangers when you meet
• 2:50:43
  Speaker 1: them on the road. The players stopped. They leaped out
• 2:50:46
  Speaker 1: of the wagon and arranged themselves by the side of
• 2:50:48
  Speaker 1: the road. Each had a stone in his hand ready
• 2:50:51
  Speaker 1: in case of need to let fly the knight in
• 2:50:54
  Speaker 1: the squire. Don Quixote checked his flying steed. He paused
• 2:50:58
  Speaker 1: for a moment to think of the best way to
• 2:51:00
  Speaker 1: attack this fearless company. He raised his lands and was
• 2:51:04
  Speaker 1: just going to charge upon his foes when Sancho overtook him.
• 2:51:08
  Speaker 1: For goodness, sake, Sir, he cried, are you mad leave
• 2:51:11
  Speaker 1: those fellows alone? They are only players, and not a
• 2:51:14
  Speaker 1: single night among them there there, answered don Quixote, you
• 2:51:19
  Speaker 1: have touched me upon the only point that can move me.
• 2:51:21
  Speaker 1: For indeed, it would never do for me to engage
• 2:51:24
  Speaker 1: in combat with any but true knights. You are the man, Sancho,
• 2:51:27
  Speaker 1: to fight with players. It is your business, So get
• 2:51:31
  Speaker 1: at them. I will stay here and help you with
• 2:51:33
  Speaker 1: good advice. Er no, thank you, sir, said Sancho. I
• 2:51:37
  Speaker 1: forgive those people. I'd like nothings to will this peace
• 2:51:40
  Speaker 1: and quiet. And in fact, the donkey has not been
• 2:51:42
  Speaker 1: hurt and all, So why should we make a.
• 2:51:44
  Speaker 2: Fuss about it? Oh, well, answered this master.
• 2:51:48
  Speaker 1: If that's the way you feel about it, Friend, Sancho,
• 2:51:50
  Speaker 1: we had better leave them alone. Come mount your donkey
• 2:51:54
  Speaker 1: and let us ride onward in search of more worthy adventures.
• 2:51:57
  Speaker 1: So saying, he wheeled his steat about and resumed his journey,
• 2:52:01
  Speaker 1: and Sancho, well pleased and very meek, mounted dapple and
• 2:52:04
  Speaker 1: followed him. End of Chapter nineteen, Chapter twenty, The Knight
• 2:52:11
  Speaker 1: of the Mirrors. That night, don Quixote and Sancho Panza
• 2:52:15
  Speaker 1: sought shelter under some trees by the roadside. Sancho unsaddled
• 2:52:19
  Speaker 1: his dapple and turned the beasts loose to graze among
• 2:52:22
  Speaker 1: the shrubs and thistles. Din He threw himself down to
• 2:52:25
  Speaker 1: the foot of a cork tree, and was soon fast asleep.
• 2:52:28
  Speaker 1: But poor Rosinante was doomed to stand saddled all night,
• 2:52:32
  Speaker 1: for his master suddenly remembered that it was the custom
• 2:52:35
  Speaker 1: of knights errant to take off only the bridles of
• 2:52:37
  Speaker 1: their steeds when thus resting in the open air. Don
• 2:52:40
  Speaker 1: Quixote lay down beneath a spreading oak tree and tried
• 2:52:43
  Speaker 1: to compose himself to rest. He lay and watched the
• 2:52:46
  Speaker 1: stars twinkling in the sky above him, and tried to
• 2:52:49
  Speaker 1: remember all the noble knights who had likewise reposed at
• 2:52:52
  Speaker 1: night under the canopy of a tree. Suddenly he was
• 2:52:55
  Speaker 1: aroused by hearing a noise near him. He sat up
• 2:52:59
  Speaker 1: and listened. He heard voices in the road. He heard
• 2:53:03
  Speaker 1: them approaching the grove of trees. Soon he was aware
• 2:53:06
  Speaker 1: that two men on horseback were close at hand. He
• 2:53:09
  Speaker 1: could see only their shadowy figures in the midsummer darkness
• 2:53:12
  Speaker 1: as they came slowly toward his resting place. Then he
• 2:53:15
  Speaker 1: could distinguish what they said. This a light here, friend,
• 2:53:19
  Speaker 1: said one, methinks this is a pleasant place to rest
• 2:53:22
  Speaker 1: for the night. Don Quixote, watching from the shadows of
• 2:53:26
  Speaker 1: the oak, saw him slide carelessly from his horse and
• 2:53:30
  Speaker 1: throwing himself down the tall grass. He heard a rattling
• 2:53:33
  Speaker 1: like that of armor, he thought. He saw the dim
• 2:53:35
  Speaker 1: outlines of a shield, and all this filled his heart
• 2:53:38
  Speaker 1: with joy. This stranger is a knight like myself, he thought. Then,
• 2:53:43
  Speaker 1: with the greatest caution, he went softly over to the
• 2:53:46
  Speaker 1: cork tree and woke up his squire, Sancho. He whispered,
• 2:53:51
  Speaker 1: wake up. Here is an adventure for us. Well, I ope,
• 2:53:55
  Speaker 1: it's a good one, said Sancho.
• 2:53:57
  Speaker 2: Where is it? Where only turn.
• 2:54:01
  Speaker 1: Your head, man and look yonder? There is a night
• 2:54:04
  Speaker 1: errant lying in the grass. I think he is melancholy,
• 2:54:08
  Speaker 1: for I heard him sigh as he slid from his horse.
• 2:54:11
  Speaker 3: What of that?
• 2:54:13
  Speaker 1: How do you make the adventure out of it? Even
• 2:54:14
  Speaker 1: if he did sigh, I'm not sure it is an adventure,
• 2:54:19
  Speaker 1: answered don Quixote. But it looks that way, Hark. He
• 2:54:22
  Speaker 1: is sitting up now and tuning his guitar. He's going
• 2:54:26
  Speaker 1: to sing they sat and listened. Soon the voice of
• 2:54:29
  Speaker 1: the strange night was heard, mingling with the sweet thrumming
• 2:54:32
  Speaker 1: tones of the guitar. What what, whispered don Quixote, He
• 2:54:39
  Speaker 1: is singing up the cruelty of his lady love.
• 2:54:41
  Speaker 2: Didn't I tell.
• 2:54:42
  Speaker 1: You he was melancholy. When the knight had finished his song,
• 2:54:46
  Speaker 1: he began to sigh most dolefully. He arose, and, leaning
• 2:54:50
  Speaker 1: against the tree, cried out in a mournful voice, Oh,
• 2:54:53
  Speaker 1: thou faire casadilia de Valdalia, Thou fairest of the fair?
• 2:54:58
  Speaker 2: Is it not enough to be non the fairest lady
• 2:55:01
  Speaker 2: in the world. For all the brave knights of Castile
• 2:55:04
  Speaker 2: and Leon and Namachha declare that thou hast no equal
• 2:55:08
  Speaker 2: beauty in queenly love. It is not so, said don Quixote,
• 2:55:12
  Speaker 2: speaking softly to Sancho. I am the only knight of Lamacha,
• 2:55:17
  Speaker 2: and I have never said, nor shall I ever say,
• 2:55:19
  Speaker 2: that any lady is as beautiful as my own. Dulcinea.
• 2:55:23
  Speaker 2: It is plain that this knight is out of his senses.
• 2:55:25
  Speaker 2: But let us listen. We shall hear more.
• 2:55:29
  Speaker 1: Yes, I think we shall hear enough, answered Sancho, for
• 2:55:31
  Speaker 1: he seems likely to keep on grumbling for a month.
• 2:55:35
  Speaker 1: He spoke so loudly that the strange Knight heard him.
• 2:55:38
  Speaker 1: Who's there, he called, coming out from the shadows, friends,
• 2:55:42
  Speaker 1: answered Sancho. Are you of the happy or of the miserable?
• 2:55:46
  Speaker 1: Asked the knight, the miserable? The miserable, answered Don Quixote.
• 2:55:52
  Speaker 1: Then I welcome you, said the stranger. Come over here
• 2:55:54
  Speaker 1: and sit with me. Than Quillie went over. The knight
• 2:55:58
  Speaker 1: shook hands with him, and seemed very glad. I am
• 2:56:01
  Speaker 1: a knight, said Don Quixote, And so am I answered
• 2:56:04
  Speaker 1: the other. Then they sat down in the grass and
• 2:56:07
  Speaker 1: talked together, very peaceably and lovingly, and not at all
• 2:56:10
  Speaker 1: like two men who were going to break each other's heads.
• 2:56:13
  Speaker 1: In the Meanwhile, Sancho went across the road to the
• 2:56:15
  Speaker 1: spot where the strange Knight's squire was resting by the
• 2:56:19
  Speaker 1: side of his seed. Hello, stranger, he said, Hello to you,
• 2:56:23
  Speaker 1: My friend, said the other. Sit down here and let
• 2:56:26
  Speaker 1: this chat freely to ourselves, just as squires always do.
• 2:56:30
  Speaker 1: With all my heart, answered Sancho, I'll talk with you
• 2:56:33
  Speaker 1: and tell you who I am and what I am.
• 2:56:35
  Speaker 2: Then you will know.
• 2:56:36
  Speaker 1: Whether I am fit to be a squire or not. So,
• 2:56:39
  Speaker 1: the two sat down by the trunk of a tree,
• 2:56:41
  Speaker 1: and for some time talked as foolishly as their masters
• 2:56:43
  Speaker 1: were talking wisely. The hours wore pleasantly on unto the
• 2:56:48
  Speaker 1: starry sky. The two squires soon dropped asleep and lay
• 2:56:52
  Speaker 1: snoring side by side on the warm earth. But the
• 2:56:55
  Speaker 1: two knights were so full of talk that they never
• 2:56:57
  Speaker 1: thought of slumber. And many were the tales of Vallet,
• 2:57:00
  Speaker 1: which each related to the other. The strange Knight was
• 2:57:03
  Speaker 1: a great boaster. There was no war which he had
• 2:57:06
  Speaker 1: not fought. There is no trial of arms in which
• 2:57:08
  Speaker 1: he had not been the victor. I reckon that I
• 2:57:11
  Speaker 1: have vanquished every one dering night in the universe, he said.
• 2:57:15
  Speaker 1: I once justed with the renowned don Quixote di la Mancha,
• 2:57:18
  Speaker 1: and overcame him in fair combat. Hold, cried don Quixote,
• 2:57:22
  Speaker 1: in wonder and anger. Don't say that you have vanquished
• 2:57:26
  Speaker 1: all the knights in Spain save one. But you have
• 2:57:28
  Speaker 1: never encountered don Quixote. But I say that I have
• 2:57:32
  Speaker 1: answered the stranger.
• 2:57:34
  Speaker 2: Perhaps you have.
• 2:57:34
  Speaker 1: Fought with some one who looks like him, said don Quixote,
• 2:57:38
  Speaker 1: But had you met the man himself, you would not
• 2:57:40
  Speaker 1: now be boasting of your encounter. What do you mean,
• 2:57:44
  Speaker 1: cried the stranger, rising to his feet. I tell you
• 2:57:47
  Speaker 1: that there was don Quixote himself whom I vanquished. There
• 2:57:50
  Speaker 1: is no one who looks like him.
• 2:57:51
  Speaker 2: He is a tall, slim faced, leather jowled fellow.
• 2:57:55
  Speaker 1: His harris grizzled. He is hawk nosed. He has a
• 2:57:58
  Speaker 1: long lenk mustache. The name of his squire is Sancho Panza,
• 2:58:02
  Speaker 1: and the name of his lady is Dulcinee del to Boso. Now,
• 2:58:05
  Speaker 1: if you don't believe me, let me say that I
• 2:58:07
  Speaker 1: wear a storage and I will make you believe. Not
• 2:58:10
  Speaker 1: so fast, sir Knight, answered don Quixote. I am acquainted
• 2:58:14
  Speaker 1: with the same volorous Knight of La Mancha. In fact,
• 2:58:17
  Speaker 1: he is the best friend I have in the world,
• 2:58:19
  Speaker 1: and I love him as well as I love myself.
• 2:58:22
  Speaker 1: You have described him well, but you have never fought
• 2:58:24
  Speaker 1: with him. The enchanters, who are his enemies, have probably
• 2:58:28
  Speaker 1: made some other knight look like him. The stranger shook
• 2:58:31
  Speaker 1: his head. It is even so, continued dun Quixote. Indeed,
• 2:58:35
  Speaker 1: it was not many days ago that they transformed the
• 2:58:39
  Speaker 1: beautiful Dulcinea del Toboso into the ugly image of a
• 2:58:42
  Speaker 1: coarse country girl. But if you still insist that you
• 2:58:45
  Speaker 1: really overcame don Quixote, let me tell you something. Here
• 2:58:49
  Speaker 1: is that renown Knight himself ready to make good his words,
• 2:58:52
  Speaker 1: either on foot or on horseback, or in any other
• 2:58:56
  Speaker 1: way you choose. As he said this, he jumped up
• 2:58:59
  Speaker 1: and laid paid his hand on his sword. But the
• 2:59:01
  Speaker 1: strange Knight sat still on the ground. Sir, he said quietly,
• 2:59:07
  Speaker 1: if I could vanquish Don Quixote when transformed, why shall
• 2:59:11
  Speaker 1: I fear him in his true shape? But Knight did
• 2:59:13
  Speaker 1: not fight in the dark. Let us wait till morning,
• 2:59:16
  Speaker 1: so that the sun may behold our valor. You speak well,
• 2:59:20
  Speaker 1: answered don Quixote. I am willing to wait. Having come
• 2:59:24
  Speaker 1: to an agreement, the two knights went across the road
• 2:59:27
  Speaker 1: to look for their squires. They found them stretched on
• 2:59:29
  Speaker 1: the ground and snoring. They roused them and bade them
• 2:59:32
  Speaker 1: get their steeds ready, for with the rising of the
• 2:59:34
  Speaker 1: sun the combat was to begin. Sancho Panza was astounded
• 2:59:41
  Speaker 1: at this news, but he said not a word. He
• 2:59:43
  Speaker 1: went at once with a strange squire to look for
• 2:59:46
  Speaker 1: the horses. Well, friend, said the other. Since our masters
• 2:59:51
  Speaker 1: are going to fight, I guess that you and I
• 2:59:52
  Speaker 1: must also have a brush. That is the way they
• 2:59:55
  Speaker 1: do it in Hindelusia, where I come from, servants never
• 2:59:58
  Speaker 1: stand idle where our masters fighting. And I may follow
• 3:00:02
  Speaker 1: that custom in Andalusia, answered Sancho. But I'm sure I
• 3:00:05
  Speaker 1: won't follow it. I'm no hand at fighting. I never
• 3:00:08
  Speaker 1: had a sword in my life. Oh, never mind the swords,
• 3:00:11
  Speaker 1: said the strange squire. I have a couple of bags here.
• 3:00:14
  Speaker 1: You take one and I'll take one, and we'll let
• 3:00:16
  Speaker 1: drive each other. That's good, cried Sancho. We'll dust each
• 3:00:21
  Speaker 1: other's jackets and not get hurt hardly. So good as that,
• 3:00:24
  Speaker 1: said the stranger. We'll put half a dozen stones in
• 3:00:27
  Speaker 1: each bag so that we may fight the better. Then
• 3:00:30
  Speaker 1: I say again that I don't feel like fighting, said Sancho.
• 3:00:33
  Speaker 1: Let this live and be merry while we may. I'm
• 3:00:35
  Speaker 1: not angry with you, and I can't fight in cold blood. No,
• 3:00:39
  Speaker 1: If that's all, said the other, I can soon warm
• 3:00:42
  Speaker 1: your blood for you. See, I'll walk up to you
• 3:00:44
  Speaker 1: quite gently. I'll give you three four slaps on the
• 3:00:46
  Speaker 1: head and knock you down. Your blood will begin to boil,
• 3:00:49
  Speaker 1: then will it boil or no boil? I'll meet you
• 3:00:53
  Speaker 1: at that trick, answered Sancho. I'll break your head with
• 3:00:56
  Speaker 1: a stick. Every man for himself. Many come for wool
• 3:01:00
  Speaker 1: and go home shorn. A baited cat may prove as
• 3:01:02
  Speaker 1: fierce as a lion. Nobody knows what they may do
• 3:01:05
  Speaker 1: when I am stirred up. By this time they had
• 3:01:08
  Speaker 1: found the horses and were grooming them for the combat. Well, well,
• 3:01:11
  Speaker 1: may the sun hasten to rise, said the strange squire.
• 3:01:14
  Speaker 1: I can hardly wait to begin the fight. And in fact,
• 3:01:18
  Speaker 1: it was not long until the day began to break
• 3:01:21
  Speaker 1: through the great light of the dawn. Sancho looked at
• 3:01:22
  Speaker 1: his companion. His heart leaped with surprise, and he began
• 3:01:26
  Speaker 1: to tremble, for he saw that the nose of the
• 3:01:28
  Speaker 1: stranger was the most wonderful and fearful that could be imagined.
• 3:01:31
  Speaker 1: It was so big that it overshadowed the rest of
• 3:01:33
  Speaker 1: his face. It was crooked in the middle, and as
• 3:01:36
  Speaker 1: red as a tomato. I would rather be kicked two
• 3:01:40
  Speaker 1: hundred times in to fight with that. In those, said Sancho.
• 3:01:43
  Speaker 1: It was quite different with Don Quixote. He stole up
• 3:01:46
  Speaker 1: boldly and gazed at the Knight with whom he was
• 3:01:48
  Speaker 1: about to fight. But the stranger's humet was closed, and
• 3:01:51
  Speaker 1: he could not see his face. His armor, however, was
• 3:01:54
  Speaker 1: of the best fashion, and over it he wore a
• 3:01:56
  Speaker 1: coat of cloth of gold. This was covered with numbers
• 3:01:59
  Speaker 1: of tiny mirrors, shaped like half moons. The plume in
• 3:02:04
  Speaker 1: his helmet was of yellow, green and white feathers. His
• 3:02:07
  Speaker 1: lance was very thick and long. The Knight himself was slender,
• 3:02:10
  Speaker 1: but shapely and quick of motion. Sir Knight of the Mirrors,
• 3:02:14
  Speaker 1: said Don Quixote, be pleased to lift up your helmet
• 3:02:17
  Speaker 1: a little so that I may see your face. Nay,
• 3:02:20
  Speaker 1: answered the Knight, I cannot satisfy your curiosity. Now, after
• 3:02:24
  Speaker 1: the combat you will have plenty of time to look
• 3:02:26
  Speaker 1: at my face. But see it is broad daylight.
• 3:02:29
  Speaker 2: Let us begin. I am ready, answered don Quixote.
• 3:02:32
  Speaker 1: But while we are getting on horse back, please tell
• 3:02:34
  Speaker 1: me if I look like that don Quixote, whom you
• 3:02:37
  Speaker 1: say you overthrew in a fair fight. Certainly, said the
• 3:02:40
  Speaker 1: Knight of the Mirrors. You are as like him as
• 3:02:42
  Speaker 1: one egg is like another. Then let us begin the business,
• 3:02:46
  Speaker 1: said don Quixote. I'll soon show you that I am
• 3:02:48
  Speaker 1: not the Quixote whom you think. So without further words,
• 3:02:52
  Speaker 1: they mounted. They rode some distance apart, and then wheeled
• 3:02:55
  Speaker 1: about with their horses and made ready to charge. At
• 3:02:59
  Speaker 1: that moment, however, an Uiote chanced to see the big
• 3:03:01
  Speaker 1: nose of the strange squire. He paused and wonder while
• 3:03:05
  Speaker 1: the Knight of the Mirrors waited impatiently for him to
• 3:03:07
  Speaker 1: begin the onset. Sancho Panza, seeing his master's surprise, ran
• 3:03:12
  Speaker 1: up and caught.
• 3:03:12
  Speaker 2: Hold of his stirrup.
• 3:03:14
  Speaker 1: Please, dear master, he said, before you run upon your enemy,
• 3:03:17
  Speaker 1: help me up into this cork tree. I wish to
• 3:03:19
  Speaker 1: sit where I can see your brave battle. I rather
• 3:03:22
  Speaker 1: think you wish to be perch out of danger.
• 3:03:24
  Speaker 2: Said Don Quixote.
• 3:03:26
  Speaker 1: I shall tell you the truth, Master, I am a
• 3:03:28
  Speaker 1: little afraid of that nose, said Sancho. I blame you not,
• 3:03:32
  Speaker 1: answered Don Quixote. It is indeed a sight to strike
• 3:03:35
  Speaker 1: terror into any heart less brave than my own. So
• 3:03:38
  Speaker 1: put your foot in the stirrup and then swing lightly
• 3:03:41
  Speaker 1: up among the branches. In the meanwhile, the Knight of
• 3:03:45
  Speaker 1: the Mears had again wheeled his horse about, and losing
• 3:03:48
  Speaker 1: all patience, He now charged at full speed down upon
• 3:03:51
  Speaker 1: his unready foe. His steed, however, was old and shabby,
• 3:03:55
  Speaker 1: in fact more so than Rosanante, and even with much
• 3:03:58
  Speaker 1: spurring and urging his swim, if his speed was only
• 3:04:01
  Speaker 1: a slow trot down the road. He came lumbering awkwardly
• 3:04:05
  Speaker 1: and stumbling at every step. That the middle of the course,
• 3:04:08
  Speaker 1: his rider pulled suddenly upon the reins and stopped short.
• 3:04:12
  Speaker 1: At this moment, don Quixote looked up, seeing his enemy
• 3:04:15
  Speaker 1: so near, he put spurs to Rosinante so sharply that
• 3:04:18
  Speaker 1: the poor beast sprang wildly forward, and for the first
• 3:04:21
  Speaker 1: time in his life really galloped. Before the Knye of
• 3:04:25
  Speaker 1: the Meares could get his horse to moving again, don
• 3:04:27
  Speaker 1: Quixote dashed furiously upon him. The Knight's lance was hurled
• 3:04:31
  Speaker 1: from his grasp, and he himself was knockular of his
• 3:04:34
  Speaker 1: settle and thrown sprawling in the dust. He was so
• 3:04:37
  Speaker 1: stunned by the fall that he lay for some time
• 3:04:39
  Speaker 1: without showing any signs of life. Sancho had watched the
• 3:04:43
  Speaker 1: short fray from his perch in the tree. He now
• 3:04:45
  Speaker 1: slid down as quickly as he could, and ran to
• 3:04:48
  Speaker 1: the help of his master, as for Don Quixote, he
• 3:04:51
  Speaker 1: checked his steed, threw himself from his saddle, and hurried
• 3:04:53
  Speaker 1: to the side of his fallen foe. He unlaced the
• 3:04:56
  Speaker 1: Knight's helmet to give him air, and gently lifted it
• 3:04:59
  Speaker 1: from his head. Who can relate to his surprise when
• 3:05:02
  Speaker 1: he saw the face of the unlucky Knight of the Meares,
• 3:05:06
  Speaker 1: For there he beheld the very visage, the very aspect,
• 3:05:09
  Speaker 1: the very features of his friend and neighbor, Samson Carrasco
• 3:05:14
  Speaker 1: of La Mancha. Sit here, Sancho, he cried, See what
• 3:05:18
  Speaker 1: those enchanters have been doing. Again Sancho looked and turned
• 3:05:22
  Speaker 1: pale with fear. Master, take my advice, he whispered, This
• 3:05:27
  Speaker 1: is one of those enchanters who are all the time
• 3:05:29
  Speaker 1: making trouble for you. He has now taken the form
• 3:05:31
  Speaker 1: of our friend Samson Carrasco, in order to injure both
• 3:05:34
  Speaker 1: him and you. Run your sword down his throat and
• 3:05:37
  Speaker 1: so rid the world of at least one of the
• 3:05:39
  Speaker 1: vile crew. That's a good thought, Sancho answered Don Quixote.
• 3:05:44
  Speaker 1: I'll do as you say, and they will have fewer enemies.
• 3:05:47
  Speaker 1: With that, he drew his sword and was about to strike,
• 3:05:49
  Speaker 1: when the voice at his elbow cried out, hol don Quixote.
• 3:05:53
  Speaker 1: He looked around. There stood the strange squire, but his
• 3:05:56
  Speaker 1: terrible nose had vanished. Have care, don Quixote, He said,
• 3:06:01
  Speaker 1: This fallen knight is your friend Samson Carrasco, and I
• 3:06:04
  Speaker 1: am his squire. Where is your nose, asked Sancho. In
• 3:06:08
  Speaker 1: my pocket, answered the squire, and he pulled out the
• 3:06:11
  Speaker 1: great nose of varnish pasteboard. Why why, why, bless me,
• 3:06:17
  Speaker 1: cried Sancho. Who is this my old friend and neighbor,
• 3:06:20
  Speaker 1: Tomas Cecil. Is it you Tom, the very same priend Sancho?
• 3:06:25
  Speaker 2: Was the answer. We have followed you all the way
• 3:06:27
  Speaker 2: from La Mancha, and this is a trick we had
• 3:06:29
  Speaker 2: planned to frighten Don Quixote, and so persuade him to
• 3:06:32
  Speaker 2: go back home. And you're not in the ganter.
• 3:06:37
  Speaker 1: I am only Tomas Cecil, your friend and neighbor.
• 3:06:40
  Speaker 2: Look at me.
• 3:06:42
  Speaker 1: By this time the Knight of the mirest had come
• 3:06:44
  Speaker 1: to himself. He groaned and looked around. Then he sat
• 3:06:47
  Speaker 1: upon the ground. Don Quixote set the point of a
• 3:06:50
  Speaker 1: sword against his face and cried out, now, confess that
• 3:06:53
  Speaker 1: Dulcinea del Toboso is the most beautiful lady in the world.
• 3:06:57
  Speaker 2: Confess it or die.
• 3:06:59
  Speaker 1: Ah, I do confess it, answered the knight. The lady
• 3:07:02
  Speaker 1: Dulcinea's old shoe is more beautiful than my castle.
• 3:07:05
  Speaker 2: Dea.
• 3:07:07
  Speaker 1: Will you go to the city of Toboso and confest
• 3:07:09
  Speaker 1: it to my Dulcinea herself. I will do anything that
• 3:07:13
  Speaker 1: you command. Do you also confess that you never vanquished
• 3:07:17
  Speaker 1: don Quixote in the fight, but only somebody else who
• 3:07:19
  Speaker 1: looked like him. All this I do confess, believe, and feel,
• 3:07:24
  Speaker 1: said the fallen Knight. Then don Quixote helped him to rise.
• 3:07:28
  Speaker 1: He grasped his hand and shook it heartily. You look
• 3:07:32
  Speaker 1: like my friend Sampson Carrasco, he said, But I know
• 3:07:35
  Speaker 1: you are not he. You are some other man whom
• 3:07:37
  Speaker 1: the enchanters have made to wear his countenance in order
• 3:07:39
  Speaker 1: to deceive me. But I understand their tricks. They do
• 3:07:43
  Speaker 1: not fool me. Sampson Carrasco as much put out. His
• 3:07:47
  Speaker 1: carefully plans came to persuade his old neighbor to return home,
• 3:07:50
  Speaker 1: had failed at the very start. Don Quixote would not
• 3:07:53
  Speaker 1: listen to him, nor believe that he was at but
• 3:07:55
  Speaker 1: some stranger in the service of the enchanters, or some
• 3:07:58
  Speaker 1: poor knight who have been duped by them. So at length,
• 3:08:01
  Speaker 1: with battered body and the sore heart, Sampson remounted his
• 3:08:04
  Speaker 1: sorry steed. Then, with his squire beside him, he rode
• 3:08:09
  Speaker 1: painfully away towards the nearest town, where he hoped to
• 3:08:12
  Speaker 1: find plasters and ointments for his bruises. I believe it
• 3:08:16
  Speaker 1: is really our friend, Sampson said, Sancho, be not de
• 3:08:20
  Speaker 1: seized by appearances, Sancho answered his master. Then they mounted
• 3:08:24
  Speaker 1: their steeds and renewed their journey. End of Chapter twenty.
• 3:08:30
  Speaker 3: Chapter twenty one, The Adventure with the Lions, the sun
• 3:08:35
  Speaker 3: rose high in the sky, and Don Quixote he jogged onward,
• 3:08:40
  Speaker 3: full of joy and pride. He had overthrown the night
• 3:08:44
  Speaker 3: of the mirrors, and he was more persuaded than ever
• 3:08:48
  Speaker 3: that he was the most valiant hero in the world.
• 3:08:52
  Speaker 3: Neither enchanter nor enchantments could alarm him. He was not
• 3:08:57
  Speaker 3: afraid of anything, whether real or un now come what
• 3:09:02
  Speaker 3: will come? He cried? Here I am, and I challenged
• 3:09:07
  Speaker 3: the most powerful foes to meet me in combat. About
• 3:09:12
  Speaker 3: the middle of the afternoon, he was surprised to see
• 3:09:16
  Speaker 3: in the distance a large wagon coming down the road
• 3:09:19
  Speaker 3: from the opposite direction. As it drew nearer, he saw
• 3:09:24
  Speaker 3: that it was drawn by two mules, and that several
• 3:09:27
  Speaker 3: little flags were fluttering above it. See, Sancho, here is
• 3:09:32
  Speaker 3: an adventure for us, he said joyfully. But Sancho shook
• 3:09:37
  Speaker 3: his head doubtfully. Those are the king's flags, he said,
• 3:09:42
  Speaker 3: and they are to show that the wagon is carrying
• 3:09:44
  Speaker 3: something through the king. It is best to be careful.
• 3:09:49
  Speaker 3: The strange vehicle was now close at hand. Only two
• 3:09:53
  Speaker 3: men were in it, the wagoner who was astride of
• 3:09:56
  Speaker 3: one of the mules, and a middle aged man who
• 3:10:00
  Speaker 3: you sat on top of the wagon. Don Quixote rode
• 3:10:03
  Speaker 3: briskly forward to meet them. What wagon is this, he cried?
• 3:10:08
  Speaker 3: Who are you? Where are you going? What do those
• 3:10:12
  Speaker 3: flags mean? The wagon is mine, answered the man on
• 3:10:16
  Speaker 3: the mule. We have two lions in it, which the
• 3:10:19
  Speaker 3: Governor of Oran is sending to the king. Are the
• 3:10:23
  Speaker 3: lions large, asked don Quixote. Very large, answered the man
• 3:10:29
  Speaker 3: on the wagon. They are the biggest ever seen in Spain,
• 3:10:33
  Speaker 3: and I am their keeper. The he lion is in
• 3:10:36
  Speaker 3: the foremost cage, and the she lion is in another
• 3:10:40
  Speaker 3: cage at the rear of the wagon. That is right,
• 3:10:44
  Speaker 3: said don Quixote. I see that you know how to
• 3:10:47
  Speaker 3: manage wild beasts. The lions are hungry now, for they
• 3:10:52
  Speaker 3: are not confed today, said the keeper. So, my good friend,
• 3:10:57
  Speaker 3: please ride out of the way, for we are going
• 3:10:59
  Speaker 3: to stop under this tree and give them their dinner.
• 3:11:03
  Speaker 3: They are apt to be crossed while eating, what, cried
• 3:11:07
  Speaker 3: don Quixote, Going up closer, Shall I ride out of
• 3:11:11
  Speaker 3: the way for lions, And at this time of day,
• 3:11:15
  Speaker 3: I'll show you that I'm not afraid of such puny beasts.
• 3:11:19
  Speaker 3: Get down, honest fellow, and open their cages. I'll soon
• 3:11:24
  Speaker 3: show the creatures who I am, for I am the
• 3:11:27
  Speaker 3: most valorous of all knights, don Quixote de la Mancha sancho,
• 3:11:33
  Speaker 3: and now come up. And when he heard this boastful speech,
• 3:11:37
  Speaker 3: he was frightened, almost out of his wits. Oh, my
• 3:11:40
  Speaker 3: good sir, he cried to the keeper. For pity's sake,
• 3:11:44
  Speaker 3: don't let my master fall upon those lions. We shall
• 3:11:48
  Speaker 3: all be eaten up. Why, said the keeper, is your
• 3:11:51
  Speaker 3: master so mad that he will dare to meddle with
• 3:11:54
  Speaker 3: these beasts, Ah, sir, answered Sancho, he is not but rash,
• 3:12:01
  Speaker 3: very rash. By this time the wagon had stopped, and
• 3:12:06
  Speaker 3: don Quixote was growing impatient. You rascal, he cried, turning
• 3:12:12
  Speaker 3: again to the keeper. Do you hear me open your
• 3:12:16
  Speaker 3: cages at once, or I'll pin you to the wagon
• 3:12:19
  Speaker 3: with my lance. The wagoner, who had leapt to the
• 3:12:22
  Speaker 3: ground was by nature a coward, and he was now
• 3:12:26
  Speaker 3: almost helpless with fright. For mercy's sake, he cried, let
• 3:12:32
  Speaker 3: me take my mules out first. Let me get them
• 3:12:35
  Speaker 3: out of the way before you open the cage. They
• 3:12:38
  Speaker 3: are all I have in the world, thou man of
• 3:12:42
  Speaker 3: little faith, said don Quixote. Unhitch the poor things and
• 3:12:47
  Speaker 3: take them away as quickly as possible. You will soon
• 3:12:52
  Speaker 3: see that I am fully able to take care of
• 3:12:55
  Speaker 3: the lions. The wagoner hastened to obey. He loosed his
• 3:13:00
  Speaker 3: mules from the wagon, and then drove them with such
• 3:13:04
  Speaker 3: speed as he could to the top of a hillock
• 3:13:06
  Speaker 3: a quarter of a mile away. There, feeling himself safe,
• 3:13:11
  Speaker 3: he paused to see what would happen. In the meantime,
• 3:13:15
  Speaker 3: don Quixote again addressed the keeper. Obey me instantly he said,
• 3:13:21
  Speaker 3: or suffer the punishments you deserve. The keeper felt the
• 3:13:25
  Speaker 3: point of the lance against his breast. He was, by
• 3:13:28
  Speaker 3: no means a brave man, and he turned pale as
• 3:13:32
  Speaker 3: he realized the danger he was in. I will do
• 3:13:35
  Speaker 3: as you bid me, he said. But know all men
• 3:13:39
  Speaker 3: that I am forced to turn the lions loose against
• 3:13:42
  Speaker 3: my will. Then he went around to the foremost cage
• 3:13:46
  Speaker 3: and began to unfasten the door. Shift for yourselves, all
• 3:13:50
  Speaker 3: of you, he cried. The lions know me and won't
• 3:13:54
  Speaker 3: hurt me, but I won't answer for the harm they
• 3:13:56
  Speaker 3: may do to others. He again tried to read with
• 3:14:00
  Speaker 3: Don Quixote, Sir, you are attempting heaven by putting yourself
• 3:14:05
  Speaker 3: in such danger, he said, you rascal, answered the knight.
• 3:14:11
  Speaker 3: It is for you to obey and not to advise.
• 3:14:15
  Speaker 3: Open the cage, I say. Then Sancho spoke up, good Master.
• 3:14:21
  Speaker 3: He said, this is no trick of enchantment. It's the
• 3:14:25
  Speaker 3: real thing. I've just taken a peep at the cage
• 3:14:28
  Speaker 3: and I saw the lion's claw. It's a tremendous big thing.
• 3:14:33
  Speaker 3: The beast that owns it must be fully as big
• 3:14:36
  Speaker 3: as a mountain. Your fears will make it as big
• 3:14:39
  Speaker 3: as the world, answered don Quixote. Now, friend Sancho, retire
• 3:14:46
  Speaker 3: to a place of safety and leave this business to me.
• 3:14:50
  Speaker 3: If I fall in the conflict, you know your duty.
• 3:14:54
  Speaker 3: Carry the news to Dulcinea. I say no more, poor Sancho.
• 3:15:00
  Speaker 3: His eyes were full of tears, for he felt sure
• 3:15:03
  Speaker 3: that his master was lost. He put his spurs to
• 3:15:06
  Speaker 3: his donkey, and so joined the wagoner on the hillock
• 3:15:09
  Speaker 3: for safety. The keeper was now standing with his hand
• 3:15:13
  Speaker 3: upon the cage door, and don Quixote paused, uncertain whether
• 3:15:18
  Speaker 3: he ought to fight on horseback or on foot. Rosinante
• 3:15:23
  Speaker 3: is not used to lions and might not behave well.
• 3:15:27
  Speaker 3: He said to himself, I think it will be better
• 3:15:30
  Speaker 3: to fight on foot. He therefore dismounted and tied his
• 3:15:35
  Speaker 3: horse to a tree. Then he laid aside his lance
• 3:15:38
  Speaker 3: and drew his sword. The keeper advanced and with great
• 3:15:42
  Speaker 3: caution opened the cage door, while don Quixote, with wondrous courage,
• 3:15:48
  Speaker 3: went forward and stood before it. Come out, thou paltry beast,
• 3:15:53
  Speaker 3: he cried, Come out, and I will show thee what
• 3:15:57
  Speaker 3: the bravest knight in the universe came do the lion
• 3:16:02
  Speaker 3: turned himself around in the cage. He stretched out one
• 3:16:06
  Speaker 3: of his pies. He gaped and thrust down his tongue,
• 3:16:10
  Speaker 3: which seemed as long as a man's arm. The knight
• 3:16:14
  Speaker 3: stood up very straight and again addressed the beast. I
• 3:16:18
  Speaker 3: challenged thee to come out and engage in fair combat
• 3:16:22
  Speaker 3: with one who has never yet been vanquished, even with
• 3:16:26
  Speaker 3: the renowned Don Quixote de la Mancha. The lion, with
• 3:16:30
  Speaker 3: his two great eyes that were like live coals, gazed
• 3:16:34
  Speaker 3: steadily at him through the dim light in the cage.
• 3:16:38
  Speaker 3: It was a sight to strike terror into the heart
• 3:16:40
  Speaker 3: of any man, But don Quixote felt no fear. I
• 3:16:45
  Speaker 3: am ready for thee, he cried. The generous lion took
• 3:16:50
  Speaker 3: no notice of his words, but yawned again, and then
• 3:16:54
  Speaker 3: laid down, as if to take a nap. Did you
• 3:16:56
  Speaker 3: see that, said the keeper. Surely you ought to be satisfied.
• 3:17:01
  Speaker 3: You have challenged the lion. The beast is in such
• 3:17:05
  Speaker 3: all of you that he declines the combat. That is true,
• 3:17:10
  Speaker 3: answered don Quixote, Well, then what more can you wish?
• 3:17:15
  Speaker 3: You have shown your greatness by your courage. No knight
• 3:17:18
  Speaker 3: is expected to do more than challenge his enemy and
• 3:17:21
  Speaker 3: wait for him on the field. You are right, sir,
• 3:17:25
  Speaker 3: a keeper. Shut the door, and then write a little
• 3:17:28
  Speaker 3: load for me staking what you have seen me.
• 3:17:31
  Speaker 2: Do.
• 3:17:32
  Speaker 3: Shut the door as I bid you, and I will
• 3:17:35
  Speaker 3: call those back who run away for safety. They must
• 3:17:39
  Speaker 3: hear your account of my exploit. The keeper gladly obeyed,
• 3:17:44
  Speaker 3: and don Quixote waved a handkerchief from the points of
• 3:17:48
  Speaker 3: his lance. Sancho was the first to see the signal.
• 3:17:52
  Speaker 3: There there, he cried to the wagoner, I'll be switched
• 3:17:57
  Speaker 3: if my master has not overcome those lions. They waited
• 3:18:01
  Speaker 3: a few moments, and then, seeing everything quiet about the wagon,
• 3:18:06
  Speaker 3: they went cautiously back. Come on, my friend, said don
• 3:18:10
  Speaker 3: Quixote to the wagoner, hitch up your mules again and
• 3:18:14
  Speaker 3: go your way. And Sancho, open your purse and give
• 3:18:19
  Speaker 3: to each of these men two bold pieces to pay
• 3:18:22
  Speaker 3: them for the time they have lost. I'll do that
• 3:18:25
  Speaker 3: with all my heart, answered Sancho. But where are the lions?
• 3:18:30
  Speaker 3: Are they dead or alive? Then the keeper gave a
• 3:18:34
  Speaker 3: flowing account of the combat, and told how the lion,
• 3:18:38
  Speaker 3: being overawed at the very sight of Don Quixote, was
• 3:18:41
  Speaker 3: utterly unable to stir from his cage. What do you
• 3:18:45
  Speaker 3: think of that, Sancho said, The proud knight courage is
• 3:18:50
  Speaker 3: even greater than in judgment. So the two gold pieces
• 3:18:54
  Speaker 3: were paid to the men. The wagoner hitched his mules
• 3:18:58
  Speaker 3: to the wagon. The lions were duly fed, and the caper,
• 3:19:02
  Speaker 3: well satisfied with the day's adventure, climbed up to his
• 3:19:06
  Speaker 3: seat on the front part of the cage. Sir, good bye,
• 3:19:11
  Speaker 3: he said, dopping his hat to Don Quixote. I thank you,
• 3:19:15
  Speaker 3: and I will tell the King about your wonderful prowess.
• 3:19:19
  Speaker 3: Do so, my friend, answered our hero. And if the
• 3:19:23
  Speaker 3: King should ask who it was that challenged the beasts,
• 3:19:27
  Speaker 3: tell him it was the night of the Lions, for
• 3:19:30
  Speaker 3: that is the name by which I wish the world
• 3:19:32
  Speaker 3: to know me. The wagoner cracked his whip and shouted.
• 3:19:37
  Speaker 3: The mules strained at their chances. The wagon rumbled slowly
• 3:19:41
  Speaker 3: away down the long road, and Don Quixote and Sancho
• 3:19:45
  Speaker 3: Panza resumed in their journey and the chapter twenty.
• 3:19:51
  Speaker 4: One Chapter twenty two, the enchanted bark fear and softly,
• 3:19:57
  Speaker 4: and step by step did Don Quixote and his squire
• 3:20:00
  Speaker 4: went their way through field and wood and village and farmland.
• 3:20:05
  Speaker 4: Many and strange were their adventures, so many and strange, indeed,
• 3:20:09
  Speaker 4: that I shall not try to relate the half of
• 3:20:11
  Speaker 4: them at length. On a sunny day, they came to
• 3:20:15
  Speaker 4: the banks of the river Abril. As the Knight sat
• 3:20:19
  Speaker 4: on Rosanante's back and gazed at the flowing water and
• 3:20:22
  Speaker 4: at the grass and trees which bordered the banks with
• 3:20:24
  Speaker 4: living green, he felt very happy. His squire, however, was
• 3:20:28
  Speaker 4: in no pleasant humor, for the last few days had
• 3:20:31
  Speaker 4: been days of weary toil. Presently, don Quixote observed a
• 3:20:36
  Speaker 4: little boat which was lying in the water near by,
• 3:20:39
  Speaker 4: being moored by a rope to the trunk of a
• 3:20:41
  Speaker 4: small tree. It had neither oars nor sail, and for
• 3:20:45
  Speaker 4: that reason it seemed all the more inviting. The Knight
• 3:20:48
  Speaker 4: dismounted from his steed, calling at the same time to
• 3:20:51
  Speaker 4: his squire to do the same. A light Sancho, he said,
• 3:20:55
  Speaker 4: let us tie our beasts to the branches of this willow.
• 3:20:58
  Speaker 4: Sancho obeyed, as why do we alight here?
• 3:21:01
  Speaker 2: Master?
• 3:21:02
  Speaker 4: You are to know, answered don Quixote, that this boat
• 3:21:05
  Speaker 4: lies here for us. It invites me to embark in
• 3:21:08
  Speaker 4: it and hasten to the relief of some night or
• 3:21:11
  Speaker 4: other person of high degree who is in distress. I
• 3:21:15
  Speaker 4: wonder if that is so, said Sancho, certainly, answered his master.
• 3:21:19
  Speaker 4: In all the books that I have read, enchanters are
• 3:21:22
  Speaker 4: forever doing such things. If a night happens to be
• 3:21:25
  Speaker 4: in danger, there are sometimes only one other night that
• 3:21:28
  Speaker 4: can rescue him. So a boat is provided for that
• 3:21:31
  Speaker 4: other night, and in the twinkling of an eye, he
• 3:21:33
  Speaker 4: is whisked away to the scene of trouble, even though
• 3:21:36
  Speaker 4: it be two or three thousand leagues. That is wonderful,
• 3:21:40
  Speaker 4: said Sancho, most assuredly, answered Don Quixote. And it is
• 3:21:44
  Speaker 4: for just such a purpose that this enchanted bark lies here. Therefore,
• 3:21:48
  Speaker 4: let us leave our steeds here in the shade and
• 3:21:50
  Speaker 4: embark in it. Well, well, said Sancho, since you are
• 3:21:54
  Speaker 4: the master, I must obey. But I tell you this
• 3:21:57
  Speaker 4: is no enchanted bark. It is some fishermen boat. They
• 3:22:01
  Speaker 4: are usually fishermen's boats, said Don Quixote. So let us
• 3:22:05
  Speaker 4: begin our voyage without delay. He leaped into the little vessel.
• 3:22:09
  Speaker 4: Sancho followed and untied the rope. The boat drifted slowly
• 3:22:13
  Speaker 4: out into the stream. When Sancho saw that they were
• 3:22:16
  Speaker 4: out of reach of the shore and had no means
• 3:22:18
  Speaker 4: of pushing back. He began to quake with fear. We
• 3:22:22
  Speaker 4: shall never see our noble steeds again. He cried, hear
• 3:22:26
  Speaker 4: how the poor donkey brays and moans because we are
• 3:22:29
  Speaker 4: leaving him. See how Rosinante tugs at his bridle. Oh,
• 3:22:34
  Speaker 4: my poor dear friends, goodbye. Then he began such a
• 3:22:39
  Speaker 4: moaning and howling that Don Quixote lost all patients with him. Coward,
• 3:22:44
  Speaker 4: he cried, what are you afraid of? Who is after you?
• 3:22:48
  Speaker 4: Who hurts you? Why we have already floated some seven
• 3:22:52
  Speaker 4: or eight hundred leagues. If I'm not mistaken, we shall
• 3:22:56
  Speaker 4: soon pass the equinoctial line, which divides the earth into
• 3:22:59
  Speaker 4: parts arts. And when we come to that line, how
• 3:23:03
  Speaker 4: far have we gone, then, asked Sancho, A mighty way,
• 3:23:06
  Speaker 4: answered the Knight. They were now floating down the river
• 3:23:10
  Speaker 4: with some speed. Below them were two great water mills
• 3:23:14
  Speaker 4: near the middle of the stream. Look, look, my Sancho,
• 3:23:17
  Speaker 4: cried Don Quixote. Do you see on city or castle
• 3:23:22
  Speaker 4: that is where some knight lies in prison, or some
• 3:23:25
  Speaker 4: princess is detained against her will? What do you mean,
• 3:23:28
  Speaker 4: asked Sancho. Don't you see that those are no castles,
• 3:23:32
  Speaker 4: They are only water mills for grinding corn. Peace, Sancho.
• 3:23:38
  Speaker 4: I know they look like water mills, but that is
• 3:23:40
  Speaker 4: a trick of the enchanters. Why those vile fellows can
• 3:23:45
  Speaker 4: change and overturn everything from its natural form. You know
• 3:23:48
  Speaker 4: how they transformed my dulcinea. The boat was now moving
• 3:23:52
  Speaker 4: quite rapidly with the current. The people in the mills
• 3:23:55
  Speaker 4: saw it and came out with long poles to keep
• 3:23:59
  Speaker 4: it clear of the grain water wheels. They were powdered
• 3:24:02
  Speaker 4: with flower dust, as millers commonly are, and therefore looked
• 3:24:06
  Speaker 4: quite uncanny. Hello there, they cried, Are you mad in
• 3:24:09
  Speaker 4: that boat? Push off, or you'll be cut to pieces
• 3:24:13
  Speaker 4: by the mill wheels. Didn't I tell you, Sancho, that
• 3:24:16
  Speaker 4: this is the place where I must show my strength,
• 3:24:19
  Speaker 4: said don Quixote. See how those hobgoblins come out against us,
• 3:24:23
  Speaker 4: But I'll show them what sort of person I am.
• 3:24:26
  Speaker 4: Then he stood up in the boat and began to
• 3:24:28
  Speaker 4: call the millers all sorts of bad names. You paltry cowards,
• 3:24:33
  Speaker 4: he cried, release at once the captive whom you are
• 3:24:36
  Speaker 4: detaining within your castle. For I am don Quixote de
• 3:24:40
  Speaker 4: la Mancha, the Knight of the Lions, whom Heaven has
• 3:24:43
  Speaker 4: sent to set your prisoner free. He drew his sword
• 3:24:46
  Speaker 4: and began to thrust the air with it, as though
• 3:24:49
  Speaker 4: fighting with an invisible enemy. But the millers gave little
• 3:24:52
  Speaker 4: heat to his actions and stood ready with their poles
• 3:24:55
  Speaker 4: to stop the boat. Sancho threw himself on his knees
• 3:24:59
  Speaker 4: in the bottom of the boat and began to pray
• 3:25:01
  Speaker 4: for deliverance. And indeed it seemed as though their time
• 3:25:04
  Speaker 4: had come, for they were drifting straight into the wheel.
• 3:25:08
  Speaker 4: Quickly the millers bestirred themselves, and thrusting out their poles,
• 3:25:12
  Speaker 4: they overturned the boat. Don Quixote and Sancho were, of course,
• 3:25:17
  Speaker 4: spilled out into the stream. It was lucky that both
• 3:25:20
  Speaker 4: could swim. The weight of the Knight's armor dragged him
• 3:25:23
  Speaker 4: twice to the bottom, and both he and his squire
• 3:25:26
  Speaker 4: would have been drowned had not two of the millers
• 3:25:29
  Speaker 4: jumped in and pulled them out by main force. Hardly
• 3:25:33
  Speaker 4: had our exhausted heroes recovered their senses when the fishermen
• 3:25:36
  Speaker 4: who owned the boat came running down to the shore.
• 3:25:39
  Speaker 4: When he saw that the little craft had been broken
• 3:25:42
  Speaker 4: to pieces in the mill wheel. He fell upon Sancho
• 3:25:45
  Speaker 4: and began to beat him unmercifully. You shall pay me
• 3:25:48
  Speaker 4: for that boat, he cried. I am ready to pay
• 3:25:52
  Speaker 4: for it, said Don Quixote, provided these people will fairly
• 3:25:55
  Speaker 4: and immediately surrender the prisoners whom they have unjustly detained
• 3:25:59
  Speaker 4: in their castle. What castle do you mean and what prisoners?
• 3:26:03
  Speaker 4: Asked the millers. Explain yourself, sir, we don't know what
• 3:26:07
  Speaker 4: you're talking about. I might as well talk to a
• 3:26:10
  Speaker 4: stump as try to persuade you to do a good act,
• 3:26:13
  Speaker 4: answered don Quixote. Now I see that two rival enchanters
• 3:26:17
  Speaker 4: have clashed in this adventure. One sent me a boat,
• 3:26:20
  Speaker 4: the other overwhelmed it in the river. It is very
• 3:26:23
  Speaker 4: plain that I can do nothing where there is such
• 3:26:25
  Speaker 4: plodding and counter plotting. Then he turned his face toward
• 3:26:29
  Speaker 4: the mill and raised his eyes to the window above
• 3:26:32
  Speaker 4: the wheel. My friends, he cried at the top of
• 3:26:36
  Speaker 4: his voice. My friends, whoever you are, who lie immurred
• 3:26:40
  Speaker 4: in that prison, hear me, pardon my ill luck, for
• 3:26:44
  Speaker 4: I cannot set you free. You must needs wait for
• 3:26:47
  Speaker 4: some other night to perform that adventure. Having said this,
• 3:26:51
  Speaker 4: he ordered Sancho to pay the fisherman fifty rials for
• 3:26:55
  Speaker 4: the boat. Sancho obeyed sullenly, for he was very unwilling
• 3:26:59
  Speaker 4: to part with the two voyages. Like that will sink
• 3:27:03
  Speaker 4: all our stock, he muttered. The fishermen and the millers
• 3:27:06
  Speaker 4: stood with their mouths open, wondering what sort of men
• 3:27:10
  Speaker 4: these were who had come so strangely into their midst.
• 3:27:13
  Speaker 4: Then concluding that they were madmen, they left them, the
• 3:27:17
  Speaker 4: millers going to their mill, and the fishermen.
• 3:27:19
  Speaker 2: To his hut.
• 3:27:20
  Speaker 4: As for Don Quixote and Sancho, they trudged sorrowfully back
• 3:27:24
  Speaker 4: to their beasts, and thus ended the adventure of the
• 3:27:28
  Speaker 4: Enchanted Bark end of Chapter twenty two. Chapter twenty three,
• 3:27:33
  Speaker 4: The Duke and the Duchess. One fine day, just before sunset,
• 3:27:38
  Speaker 4: our travelers came suddenly into a broad green meadow, which
• 3:27:42
  Speaker 4: was bordered on three sides by a wood. In this
• 3:27:46
  Speaker 4: meadow they saw a company of men and women, whom
• 3:27:48
  Speaker 4: Don Quixote guessed to be fine people out for a hunt.
• 3:27:52
  Speaker 4: Nor was he at all mistaken. He stopped and watched
• 3:27:55
  Speaker 4: them from a distance. The chief person in the company
• 3:27:58
  Speaker 4: was a lady dressed in green attire so rich that
• 3:28:02
  Speaker 4: nothing could be richer. She was riding on a white horse,
• 3:28:05
  Speaker 4: apparelled with a silver saddle and trappings of green. On
• 3:28:09
  Speaker 4: her left wrist sat a hawk, and by this sign
• 3:28:12
  Speaker 4: don Quixote knew her to be the mistress of the company.
• 3:28:16
  Speaker 4: Presently he called softly to his squire friend, Sancho. He said,
• 3:28:21
  Speaker 4: go quickly and tell that lady on the white palfrey
• 3:28:24
  Speaker 4: that I the Knight of the Lions. Humbly salute her
• 3:28:28
  Speaker 4: great beauty. But be careful what you say, and don't
• 3:28:31
  Speaker 4: make a show of yourself by quoting proverbs. Your command
• 3:28:35
  Speaker 4: shall be obeyed, said Sancho, and he at once set
• 3:28:38
  Speaker 4: forward as fast as his donkey would carry him. As
• 3:28:41
  Speaker 4: he drew near to the fair huntress, he alighted and
• 3:28:45
  Speaker 4: fell on his knees before her, fair lady. He said,
• 3:28:49
  Speaker 4: yonder knight is called the Knight of the Lions, and
• 3:28:52
  Speaker 4: he is my master. I am his squire, and my
• 3:28:55
  Speaker 4: name is Sancho Panza. He has sent me to tell
• 3:28:58
  Speaker 4: you that he has no mind but to serve your
• 3:29:01
  Speaker 4: hawking beauty, and and pray rise good squire, said the lady,
• 3:29:07
  Speaker 4: I have heard of this Knight of the Lions, and
• 3:29:09
  Speaker 4: it is not at all fitting that his squire should
• 3:29:12
  Speaker 4: remain on his knees. Rise, sir, Rise, Sancho got up.
• 3:29:17
  Speaker 4: He was surprised at the lady's beauty. He was also
• 3:29:20
  Speaker 4: surprised to learn that she had heard of his master.
• 3:29:23
  Speaker 4: He stood before her with wide open mouth, waiting for
• 3:29:26
  Speaker 4: her further commands. Tell me, she said, is not your master,
• 3:29:31
  Speaker 4: the ingenious gentleman Don Quixote de la Mancha, the very same?
• 3:29:36
  Speaker 4: May it please your worship, answered Sancho, And that squire
• 3:29:39
  Speaker 4: of his is Sancho Panza, by name my own self.
• 3:29:43
  Speaker 4: I am very glad to hear all this, said the lady,
• 3:29:46
  Speaker 4: and I too, said Sancho. Now go, friend, Panza, said
• 3:29:50
  Speaker 4: the lady, and tell your master that I am glad
• 3:29:52
  Speaker 4: to welcome him to my estates. Nothing could give me
• 3:29:55
  Speaker 4: more happiness. Sancho was overjoyed. He hastened back to his
• 3:30:00
  Speaker 4: master and repeated every word that had been said to him.
• 3:30:04
  Speaker 4: Don Quixote listened quietly. Then he fixed himself in his
• 3:30:07
  Speaker 4: saddle and arranged his armor. He roused up Rosinante and
• 3:30:12
  Speaker 4: set off at a good round pace to kiss the
• 3:30:14
  Speaker 4: hand of the fair huntress. By this time, the lady,
• 3:30:19
  Speaker 4: who was indeed a duchess, had been joined by her husband,
• 3:30:22
  Speaker 4: the Duke, and both stood waiting for his coming, for
• 3:30:25
  Speaker 4: they had heard of his many exploits, and they wished
• 3:30:28
  Speaker 4: to become acquainted with him. As don Quixote rode up
• 3:30:31
  Speaker 4: and was about to alight, Sancho hastened to be ready
• 3:30:34
  Speaker 4: to hold his stirrup, but as he was sliding from
• 3:30:37
  Speaker 4: the donkey's back, his foot was caught in the pack saddle,
• 3:30:41
  Speaker 4: and there he hung by the heel, with head on
• 3:30:43
  Speaker 4: the ground. It was a funny sight, but everybody was
• 3:30:47
  Speaker 4: looking at Don Quixote, and Sancho was left to struggle
• 3:30:50
  Speaker 4: as he might. Don Quixote, who was used to having
• 3:30:53
  Speaker 4: his stirrup held, now made bold to alight without his
• 3:30:57
  Speaker 4: squire's help. He came suddenly down into the stirrup with
• 3:31:01
  Speaker 4: all his weight and Rosanante's saddle girth turning, he tumbled
• 3:31:05
  Speaker 4: upon the ground between the poor horse's feet. The Duke's
• 3:31:09
  Speaker 4: men ran to help don Quixote to his feet.
• 3:31:12
  Speaker 2: He was not hurt much.
• 3:31:14
  Speaker 4: He brushed the dust from his hands and went limping
• 3:31:17
  Speaker 4: toward the spot where the Duke and duchess were waiting.
• 3:31:20
  Speaker 4: The Duke met him and embraced him. I am sorry,
• 3:31:23
  Speaker 4: he said, that such a mischance should happen to you
• 3:31:26
  Speaker 4: here on my territories, valorous Prince, said don Quixote. I
• 3:31:31
  Speaker 4: count it no mischance, when I may have the happiness
• 3:31:34
  Speaker 4: of seeing your grace. My squire is much more apt
• 3:31:37
  Speaker 4: to let his tongue loose than to tighten my saddle girth.
• 3:31:40
  Speaker 4: But whether I be down or up, on horseback or
• 3:31:44
  Speaker 4: on foot, I am always at your command. Then he
• 3:31:48
  Speaker 4: went on to salute the duchess and to pay many
• 3:31:50
  Speaker 4: a pretty compliment to her beauty and her wisdom. The
• 3:31:54
  Speaker 4: end of the whole matter was that the Duke invited
• 3:31:56
  Speaker 4: him to stay for a while at his castle, which
• 3:31:58
  Speaker 4: was not far away. I entreat you, most valorous knight
• 3:32:02
  Speaker 4: of the lions, he said, to favor us. With your company,
• 3:32:05
  Speaker 4: you shall have such entertainment as is due to a
• 3:32:08
  Speaker 4: person so justly famous. Don Quixote thereupon mounted his rosinante again.
• 3:32:14
  Speaker 4: The Duke got upon his own stately steed, and the
• 3:32:17
  Speaker 4: duchess riding between them, They moved toward the castle, which
• 3:32:21
  Speaker 4: was situated among the hills not far away. The Duchess
• 3:32:25
  Speaker 4: was delighted with Sancho. He was always so ready with
• 3:32:28
  Speaker 4: an excuse or a proverb, that he amused her beyond measure.
• 3:32:32
  Speaker 4: Why not let your squire ride with us, she presently asked.
• 3:32:36
  Speaker 4: Sancho needed no further invitation. He crowded in between the
• 3:32:39
  Speaker 4: Duke and the Duchess, and thus made a fourth rider
• 3:32:42
  Speaker 4: in the notable procession that was ambling toward the Duke's castle.
• 3:32:48
  Speaker 4: They were yet some little distance from the gates when
• 3:32:50
  Speaker 4: the Duke gave spurs to his steed and galloped on ahead.
• 3:32:53
  Speaker 4: He hastened homeward to put things in readiness for his guests,
• 3:32:58
  Speaker 4: and to direct his people how to behave themselves towards
• 3:33:00
  Speaker 4: the valorous knight don Quixote. When at length the party
• 3:33:04
  Speaker 4: arrived at the gate of the castle, they were met
• 3:33:07
  Speaker 4: by two of the Duke's servants. These servants were dressed
• 3:33:10
  Speaker 4: in long vests of crimson satin, cut and shaped like nightgowns.
• 3:33:15
  Speaker 4: They went directly to don Quixote. They took him in
• 3:33:18
  Speaker 4: their arms and lifted him from the saddle to the ground.
• 3:33:22
  Speaker 4: Then they said to him, go great and mighty, sir,
• 3:33:24
  Speaker 4: and help our lady duchess down. Don Quixote hastened to obey,
• 3:33:29
  Speaker 4: but the lady objected. Many pretty compliments were passed back
• 3:33:33
  Speaker 4: and forth while the fair duchess sat upon her palfrey.
• 3:33:37
  Speaker 4: I will not alight, she said, except in my husband's arms.
• 3:33:40
  Speaker 4: So the Duke came and took her down, and don
• 3:33:43
  Speaker 4: Quixote bowed his apologies and walked by her side through
• 3:33:46
  Speaker 4: the broad gateway. As they entered the courtyard, they were
• 3:33:50
  Speaker 4: met by two beautiful girls who threw a mantle of
• 3:33:53
  Speaker 4: fine scarlet over don Quixote's shoulders. Then all the servants
• 3:33:57
  Speaker 4: of the Duke, both men and women, shouted welcome, welcome, flower,
• 3:34:02
  Speaker 4: and cream of knight errantry. All these things pleased don
• 3:34:06
  Speaker 4: Quixote amazingly, for this was the first time he had
• 3:34:09
  Speaker 4: felt that he was really and truly a knight. He
• 3:34:12
  Speaker 4: now found himself treated just like the famous heroes he
• 3:34:15
  Speaker 4: had read about, and it did his heart good. They
• 3:34:18
  Speaker 4: led him up a stately staircase and into a noble hall,
• 3:34:22
  Speaker 4: all hung with rich gold brocade. There his arm was
• 3:34:26
  Speaker 4: taken off by six young ladies who served him instead
• 3:34:29
  Speaker 4: of pages. This is indeed like the glorious days of chivalry,
• 3:34:34
  Speaker 4: he said to himself. But what a poor piece of
• 3:34:36
  Speaker 4: humanity he was when unarmed, raw boned and meager, tall
• 3:34:41
  Speaker 4: and lank, lantern jawed and toothless, he was indeed an
• 3:34:46
  Speaker 4: odd looking figure. The young ladies who waited on him
• 3:34:50
  Speaker 4: had much ado to stifle their laughter. With much dignity, however,
• 3:34:55
  Speaker 4: he retired to his own room, where he dressed himself
• 3:34:58
  Speaker 4: for dinner, put on his belt and sword, threw a
• 3:35:02
  Speaker 4: scarlet cloak over his shoulders, and set a jaunty cap
• 3:35:06
  Speaker 4: of green velvet upon his head. When he came back
• 3:35:09
  Speaker 4: into the hole, you would not have known him. Twelve
• 3:35:12
  Speaker 4: pages at once came forward to lead him to the
• 3:35:15
  Speaker 4: dinner table. Some walked before, some followed behind, and all
• 3:35:20
  Speaker 4: waited upon him with the greatest show of respect. The
• 3:35:23
  Speaker 4: table was set for four persons only, and there don
• 3:35:27
  Speaker 4: Quixote was received by the Duke and the Duchess, and
• 3:35:30
  Speaker 4: a priest who was with them. Courtly compliments were passed
• 3:35:33
  Speaker 4: on all sides, and then they seated themselves, one at
• 3:35:37
  Speaker 4: each of the four sides of the table. Now the
• 3:35:39
  Speaker 4: reason for all the kindness shown to Don Quixote was this.
• 3:35:43
  Speaker 4: The Duke and Duchess had nothing to do but pass
• 3:35:46
  Speaker 4: away the time, and they had found this to be
• 3:35:48
  Speaker 4: the very hardest kind of work. They had become tired
• 3:35:51
  Speaker 4: of hunting, tired of playing chess, tired of watching the
• 3:35:55
  Speaker 4: servants at work, tired of music, tired of everything. Oh
• 3:36:01
  Speaker 4: life is so dull and wearisome, they said to each other,
• 3:36:04
  Speaker 4: can't something be done to make it more enjoyable? So
• 3:36:08
  Speaker 4: when Don Quixote and his squire happened to come to them,
• 3:36:11
  Speaker 4: they were overjoyed. We shall have great sport with this
• 3:36:14
  Speaker 4: rare couple, said the Duke. We shall have something to
• 3:36:17
  Speaker 4: laugh at for the rest of our lives. The Duchess
• 3:36:20
  Speaker 4: agreed to all his plans, and Don Quixote was therefore
• 3:36:24
  Speaker 4: invited to make his home in the castle. He would
• 3:36:27
  Speaker 4: give them more amusement than any fool at the king's court,
• 3:36:30
  Speaker 4: And every day of his stay with them, the Duke
• 3:36:33
  Speaker 4: and the Duchess studied how they might invent some new
• 3:36:35
  Speaker 4: and pleasant joke upon the night or his squire. Everything
• 3:36:39
  Speaker 4: was done kindly so as to hurt no one's feelings,
• 3:36:43
  Speaker 4: and so many tricks were played that it would take
• 3:36:45
  Speaker 4: more pages than there are in this book to tell
• 3:36:47
  Speaker 4: about them. All I will relate only one or two.
• 3:36:51
  Speaker 4: End of Chapter twenty three, Chapter twenty four, the Wooden
• 3:36:56
  Speaker 4: peg Horse. One evening, the Duke and the Dutch were
• 3:37:00
  Speaker 4: amusing themselves by listening to don Quixote's valorous talk. Do
• 3:37:04
  Speaker 4: you know of any case of injured innocence? He asked,
• 3:37:08
  Speaker 4: I will avenge it. I will go to the ends
• 3:37:10
  Speaker 4: of the earth to combat error. I am not afraid
• 3:37:13
  Speaker 4: of giants, nor even of enchanters. I will fight them
• 3:37:17
  Speaker 4: one and all in defense of truth. While he was
• 3:37:21
  Speaker 4: thus boasting of his valor, there was a sound of
• 3:37:24
  Speaker 4: fifes and drums, and twelve elderly women entered, all clad
• 3:37:28
  Speaker 4: in the dress of nuns. After them came a noble lady,
• 3:37:32
  Speaker 4: heavily veiled and wearing a gown with a long trail
• 3:37:35
  Speaker 4: divided into three parts. The twelve women ranged themselves in
• 3:37:39
  Speaker 4: two rows, and thus made a lane for the strange
• 3:37:42
  Speaker 4: lady to march through as she approached the Duke and Duchess.
• 3:37:46
  Speaker 4: Then her squire, who followed her, announced that she was
• 3:37:50
  Speaker 4: the Countess Trefaldin, otherwise known as the Disconsolate Lady, and
• 3:37:55
  Speaker 4: that she had come from a distant land to make
• 3:37:57
  Speaker 4: known her misfortunes. The duke received her graciously. He took
• 3:38:02
  Speaker 4: her by the hand and placed her in a chair
• 3:38:04
  Speaker 4: by the side of the duchess. Don Quixote and Sancho
• 3:38:07
  Speaker 4: stood anxiously near, both wishing very much to see the
• 3:38:10
  Speaker 4: veiled lady's face. After the usual compliments had been passed,
• 3:38:15
  Speaker 4: the lady suddenly asked, is there in this illustrious company
• 3:38:19
  Speaker 4: a knight called Don Quixote de la Manchisima, with his
• 3:38:23
  Speaker 4: squire Isimo Panza. Panza is here, cried Sancho, before anybody
• 3:38:28
  Speaker 4: else could speak, And here is Don Quixotissimo also, so
• 3:38:32
  Speaker 4: you may tell your tale, fair lady, for we are
• 3:38:35
  Speaker 4: all ready to be your ser vittorissimo's. Then Don Quixote spoke,
• 3:38:41
  Speaker 4: I am the valorous Don Quixote de la Mancha, he said,
• 3:38:45
  Speaker 4: My profession is to succor the distressed, and I therefore
• 3:38:49
  Speaker 4: dedicate my service to you. Tell us of your troubles, madam,
• 3:38:53
  Speaker 4: and if they do not admit of a cure, we
• 3:38:55
  Speaker 4: can at least sympathize with you. The veiled lady, with
• 3:38:58
  Speaker 4: sighs and sow and many high sounding words, at length,
• 3:39:02
  Speaker 4: related her story. She declared that She had come from
• 3:39:06
  Speaker 4: the distant kingdom of Kandaia, which she had once ranked
• 3:39:09
  Speaker 4: among the noblest of the land. A giant wizard named
• 3:39:12
  Speaker 4: Malambruno had bewitched her and placed her under a spell
• 3:39:16
  Speaker 4: of enchantment. Until that spell could be removed, she was
• 3:39:20
  Speaker 4: doomed to wander over the earth in search of a
• 3:39:22
  Speaker 4: champion who would restore her to her rightful place and honors.
• 3:39:27
  Speaker 4: Ah Madam cried Don Quixote, behold in me, your champion,
• 3:39:32
  Speaker 4: Point out the way, and I will go to the
• 3:39:34
  Speaker 4: ends of the earth to serve you. Then the lady
• 3:39:37
  Speaker 4: told him that the kingdom of Kandaia was thousands of
• 3:39:40
  Speaker 4: leagues away, and that to travel thither by any ordinary
• 3:39:44
  Speaker 4: means would require many years. But the wizard Malambruno will
• 3:39:49
  Speaker 4: send you a steed, said she. He will send you
• 3:39:52
  Speaker 4: a magic steed that will carry you to Kandaia quickly
• 3:39:55
  Speaker 4: and with the greatest ease, For he has heard of
• 3:39:58
  Speaker 4: your prowess, and he anxious to test it by meeting
• 3:40:01
  Speaker 4: you in mortal combat. Pray, tell me of what nature
• 3:40:05
  Speaker 4: is that steed which he will send from my conveyance,
• 3:40:09
  Speaker 4: said Don Quixote. It is the steed Clavelegnok, answered the lady,
• 3:40:14
  Speaker 4: the same wooden horse, in fact, which the wizard Merlin
• 3:40:17
  Speaker 4: lent to his friend Peter of Provence. It is indeed
• 3:40:21
  Speaker 4: a wondrous steed. It never eats, nor sleeps, nor needs shoeing.
• 3:40:26
  Speaker 4: It has no wings, and yet it goes ambling through
• 3:40:29
  Speaker 4: the air so smoothly that you may carry a cup
• 3:40:32
  Speaker 4: of water in your hand and not spill a drop
• 3:40:34
  Speaker 4: of it, if you are bold enough to ride this horse.
• 3:40:37
  Speaker 4: And bold enough, interrupted don Quixote, who questions my boldness,
• 3:40:43
  Speaker 4: Bring the steed to me, and you shall see that
• 3:40:45
  Speaker 4: I shrink from nothing. The steed shall be ready for
• 3:40:48
  Speaker 4: you in the morning, answered the lady. Early the next day. Therefore,
• 3:40:53
  Speaker 4: the Duke, with his household and guests, went into the
• 3:40:56
  Speaker 4: garden to see the outcome of this adventure. They were
• 3:40:59
  Speaker 4: all greatly delighted, for the whole matter had been arranged
• 3:41:02
  Speaker 4: on purpose for their amusement. Don Quixote soon arrived. He
• 3:41:06
  Speaker 4: was clad in his armor, with his sword dangling from
• 3:41:09
  Speaker 4: his side, and he seemed very impatient of delay. Sancho
• 3:41:13
  Speaker 4: was close at his heels, but by no means pleased
• 3:41:16
  Speaker 4: with the undertaking. About the middle of the forenoon, a
• 3:41:19
  Speaker 4: trumpet sounded, and four woodsmen came into the garden. They
• 3:41:23
  Speaker 4: were dressed in green, with wreaths of ivy about their heads.
• 3:41:27
  Speaker 4: They carried between them a misshapen, long legged wooden horse,
• 3:41:32
  Speaker 4: which they set down upon the ground. Here is the
• 3:41:35
  Speaker 4: famous Claveleeno, cried the leader. There is none like him
• 3:41:40
  Speaker 4: upon the earth. Now, let the man who is not afraid,
• 3:41:43
  Speaker 4: mount him and away at once for Candaya, and let
• 3:41:47
  Speaker 4: his squire, if he has one, mount behind him, for
• 3:41:51
  Speaker 4: the steed flies best when fully waited. But I see
• 3:41:55
  Speaker 4: no bridle, said Sancho. How is the noble beast to
• 3:41:58
  Speaker 4: be guided simply by turning this wooden peg which you
• 3:42:02
  Speaker 4: see in his forehead? Answered the woodsman. It is very
• 3:42:05
  Speaker 4: easy to direct him either to the right or to
• 3:42:08
  Speaker 4: the left. But the knight and his squire must both
• 3:42:11
  Speaker 4: be blindfolded, otherwise they become giddy in their flight through
• 3:42:15
  Speaker 4: the upper air and tumble headlong to the earth. Don
• 3:42:18
  Speaker 4: Quixote did not hesitate a moment. He climbed into the saddle.
• 3:42:22
  Speaker 4: He pulled a handkerchief from his pocket and asked one
• 3:42:25
  Speaker 4: of the ladies to hoodwink him with it. Then he
• 3:42:28
  Speaker 4: noticed that Sancho hung back and seemed afraid. What you, rascal,
• 3:42:32
  Speaker 4: he cried, are you afraid to sit where many better
• 3:42:35
  Speaker 4: than you have sat?
• 3:42:36
  Speaker 2: Come?
• 3:42:37
  Speaker 4: Suffer yourself to be blindfolded, and let me not hear
• 3:42:40
  Speaker 4: a word of complaint from you. Soon both knight and
• 3:42:44
  Speaker 4: squire were astride of the steed and blindfolded. They were
• 3:42:49
  Speaker 4: ready to begin their perilous flight. The Duke and the
• 3:42:53
  Speaker 4: Duchess and all their household came around and bade them
• 3:42:56
  Speaker 4: good bye. Then don Quixote leaned forward and began to
• 3:43:00
  Speaker 4: turn the pin in the horse's head. He fancied that
• 3:43:04
  Speaker 4: he was rising in the air, and that he was
• 3:43:06
  Speaker 4: sailing right up to the sky. Speed you well, brave Knight,
• 3:43:10
  Speaker 4: cried all the people in the garden. May Heaven be
• 3:43:13
  Speaker 4: your guide, bold squire. Then they clapped their hands and shouted,
• 3:43:18
  Speaker 4: how high you are, How like a blazing star you
• 3:43:21
  Speaker 4: shoot through the sky. Hold fast, Sancho. Don't loosen your
• 3:43:25
  Speaker 4: hold and fall from that giddy height, Sir, said Sancho,
• 3:43:29
  Speaker 4: clinging close to his master. How does it happen that
• 3:43:32
  Speaker 4: we can hear them so plainly, although we are soaring
• 3:43:35
  Speaker 4: so high above them, One would think that they were
• 3:43:38
  Speaker 4: standing close beside us. It is all very natural, answered
• 3:43:42
  Speaker 4: Don Quixote, for in these grand aerial flights you can
• 3:43:46
  Speaker 4: see and hear things plainly which are a thousand leagues away.
• 3:43:49
  Speaker 4: But don't hold me so hard you will make me
• 3:43:51
  Speaker 4: tumble off. I wish only to steady you, said Sancho. Well,
• 3:43:56
  Speaker 4: I wonder what makes you tremble, So said Don Quixote.
• 3:43:59
  Speaker 4: As for myself, I never rode easier in my life.
• 3:44:02
  Speaker 4: The horse goes as if he were not moving at all.
• 3:44:06
  Speaker 4: After a few minutes, he said, I think that we
• 3:44:09
  Speaker 4: must now be somewhere in the second region of the air,
• 3:44:12
  Speaker 4: where hail and snow are produced.
• 3:44:14
  Speaker 2: If we keep on at this rate.
• 3:44:16
  Speaker 4: We shall soon reach the third region, from which lightnings
• 3:44:19
  Speaker 4: and the thunderbolts are hurled upon the earth. I hope
• 3:44:23
  Speaker 4: that we shall not go too near the sun, for
• 3:44:25
  Speaker 4: in that case we shall surely be scorched. At that moment,
• 3:44:29
  Speaker 4: one of the Duke's men set fire to some flax
• 3:44:32
  Speaker 4: at the end of a pole, and swished it near
• 3:44:34
  Speaker 4: their faces. Well, well, cried Sancho, we are in the
• 3:44:38
  Speaker 4: region of fire already, for the half of my beard
• 3:44:41
  Speaker 4: is singed off. I have a great mind to peep
• 3:44:44
  Speaker 4: out under the blindfold, and see what sort of country
• 3:44:47
  Speaker 4: we are coming to. Don't do it for your life,
• 3:44:49
  Speaker 4: said don Quixote. The whole issue of this adventure depends
• 3:44:53
  Speaker 4: upon obedience. Be brave, be patient, for we only mount
• 3:44:58
  Speaker 4: high in order that we may come straight down upon
• 3:45:00
  Speaker 4: the kingdom of Kandaya. Shall we be there soon, master,
• 3:45:04
  Speaker 4: asked Sancho. I know not, was the answer. But we
• 3:45:07
  Speaker 4: have certainly already traversed.
• 3:45:09
  Speaker 2: A vast distance.
• 3:45:11
  Speaker 4: Well, I should like it better if I had a
• 3:45:13
  Speaker 4: softer saddle, said Sancho. The Duke and Duchess were mightily
• 3:45:17
  Speaker 4: pleased at the success of their joke. The question now
• 3:45:20
  Speaker 4: was how they could put a fitting end to the
• 3:45:23
  Speaker 4: well contrived adventure. One of the servants ran up and
• 3:45:27
  Speaker 4: set fire to Clavelaeno's tail. The horse, being filled with fireworks,
• 3:45:32
  Speaker 4: burst open with a tremendous noise. Don Quixote and his
• 3:45:36
  Speaker 4: squire were, of course thrown to the ground. They were
• 3:45:39
  Speaker 4: scorched a little, but not otherwise hurt. They scrambled to
• 3:45:42
  Speaker 4: their feet and pulled the bandages from their eyes. They
• 3:45:46
  Speaker 4: looked around and were surprised to find themselves still in
• 3:45:50
  Speaker 4: the Duke's garden, where they had begun their flight. As
• 3:45:53
  Speaker 4: they recovered from their confusion, they saw a lance sticking
• 3:45:57
  Speaker 4: in the ground near by, and on the lance was
• 3:46:00
  Speaker 4: scroll of white parchment bound around with two green ribbons.
• 3:46:04
  Speaker 4: Don Quixote looked at the scroll, and, seeing his name
• 3:46:07
  Speaker 4: upon it, picked it off to read what was written.
• 3:46:10
  Speaker 4: The inscription was in golden characters and read as follows.
• 3:46:15
  Speaker 4: The renowned night Don Quixote, has achieved this adventure by
• 3:46:19
  Speaker 4: honestly trying to perform it. Malam Bruno is fully satisfied.
• 3:46:24
  Speaker 4: The enchantment is removed from all who have suffered by it.
• 3:46:28
  Speaker 4: This is ordered by Merlin, Prince of Enchanters. What wonderful
• 3:46:34
  Speaker 4: fortune is ours, cried don Quixote after reading it. Let
• 3:46:37
  Speaker 4: us have courage, for the adventure is finished and we
• 3:46:41
  Speaker 4: have accomplished everything without damage to anybody. And now the
• 3:46:46
  Speaker 4: Duke came forward and greeted him as the bravest Knight
• 3:46:48
  Speaker 4: the world had ever seen. The Duchess, her face wreathed
• 3:46:52
  Speaker 4: with smiles, shook hands with both Knight and squire. How
• 3:46:57
  Speaker 4: did you fare on your long and perilous journey, she asked,
• 3:47:01
  Speaker 4: very pleasantly. Madam answered Sancho, I never had so wonderful
• 3:47:04
  Speaker 4: a view of creation in my life. For as we
• 3:47:07
  Speaker 4: were flying through the region of fire, I shoved my
• 3:47:10
  Speaker 4: handkerchief over a little and peeped down. Ah, it was
• 3:47:14
  Speaker 4: a sight to gladden the eyes. I spied the earth
• 3:47:18
  Speaker 4: far far below us, and it looked no bigger than
• 3:47:20
  Speaker 4: a mustard seed. Indeed, it must have been very wonderful,
• 3:47:25
  Speaker 4: said the Duchess. It was nothing short of wonderful, said Sancho.
• 3:47:29
  Speaker 4: Why I could see the men walking about on the earth,
• 3:47:32
  Speaker 4: and I declare they looked no bigger than hazel nuts.
• 3:47:35
  Speaker 4: The Duchess laughed, men the size of hazel nuts walking
• 3:47:39
  Speaker 4: on an earth the size of a mustard seed. She said,
• 3:47:43
  Speaker 4: It must have been very, very wonderful. Truly it was,
• 3:47:46
  Speaker 4: answered Sancho. And at one time, when I looked between
• 3:47:50
  Speaker 4: my eyelashes, I saw myself so near to Heaven that
• 3:47:54
  Speaker 4: I could almost reach out and touch it. Then we
• 3:47:57
  Speaker 4: passed the place where the seven stars are, and I
• 3:48:00
  Speaker 4: saw seven frisky goats in a great pasture. What did
• 3:48:03
  Speaker 4: I do but slip off of Clavileno without telling a soul,
• 3:48:07
  Speaker 4: And there I played and leaped with the goats for
• 3:48:09
  Speaker 4: fully three quarters of an hour. And what became of
• 3:48:13
  Speaker 4: your master and the horse while you were playing.
• 3:48:15
  Speaker 2: Asked the Duchess.
• 3:48:16
  Speaker 4: Sancho scratched his head and was at a loss for
• 3:48:19
  Speaker 4: an answer. W Ah, well, Madam I I, he stammered.
• 3:48:24
  Speaker 4: Well I speak out, said the Duke. Say that the
• 3:48:28
  Speaker 4: noble steed stirred, not afoot, but waited patiently about till
• 3:48:32
  Speaker 4: the game was over. Truly he did that very thing,
• 3:48:36
  Speaker 4: said Sancho. The Duke and his servants laughed heartily, but
• 3:48:40
  Speaker 4: they were not quite sure whether Sancho was in earnest
• 3:48:43
  Speaker 4: or otherwise. What if, after all, he had seen through
• 3:48:47
  Speaker 4: their cunning little play and was now slyly making game
• 3:48:50
  Speaker 4: of them, Don Quixote said, but little, and yet he
• 3:48:54
  Speaker 4: looked and acted as though he were very proud and
• 3:48:57
  Speaker 4: well satisfied with the result of his achievement. And so
• 3:49:00
  Speaker 4: ended the famous adventure with the wooden.
• 3:49:03
  Speaker 2: Peg Horse end of chapter twenty four.
• 3:49:08
  Speaker 3: Chapter twenty five Sancho in his island. The Duke and
• 3:49:14
  Speaker 3: the Duchess were so well pleased with the success of
• 3:49:17
  Speaker 3: their latest jest that they soon formed plans for another,
• 3:49:22
  Speaker 3: and this time Sancho Panza was to be the chosen hero.
• 3:49:28
  Speaker 3: Sancho Panza said the Duke one day. Is it true
• 3:49:32
  Speaker 3: that your master has promised to make you the governor
• 3:49:35
  Speaker 3: of an island? I so, he has, answered Sancho, and
• 3:49:40
  Speaker 3: I am he that deserves it as well as anybody.
• 3:49:44
  Speaker 3: I have kept my master company many a month, and
• 3:49:47
  Speaker 3: if he live and I live, there will be no
• 3:49:50
  Speaker 3: lack of islands for me to govern. Well, said the Duke.
• 3:49:55
  Speaker 3: I have a few spare islands on my own line around,
• 3:49:59
  Speaker 3: and I I will give you one for the sake
• 3:50:01
  Speaker 3: of my good friend don Quixote. Down on thy knees,
• 3:50:05
  Speaker 3: Sancho cried, don Quixote and kiss the Duke's feet with
• 3:50:09
  Speaker 3: this favor, and Sancho obeyed. A few days later, the
• 3:50:15
  Speaker 3: Duke said to his squire, Sancho, did you remember the
• 3:50:19
  Speaker 3: island which I promised you? Most assuredly, sir, I have
• 3:50:23
  Speaker 3: not forgotten it, said Sancho. Well you must prepare to
• 3:50:28
  Speaker 3: take possession of your government tomorrow, said the Duke. The
• 3:50:32
  Speaker 3: islanders are longing for you as a farmer longs for
• 3:50:35
  Speaker 3: rain in summer. They will not be put off any longer.
• 3:50:40
  Speaker 3: Sancho bowed humbly and answered, well, then I will do
• 3:50:44
  Speaker 3: my best. But since I looked down from the sky
• 3:50:47
  Speaker 3: the other day and saw the earth still very small.
• 3:50:51
  Speaker 3: I don't care half so much about being a governor.
• 3:50:54
  Speaker 3: What does it matter to rule over half a dozen men?
• 3:50:56
  Speaker 3: No bigger than hazel nuts, Oh, Sancho, said the duke.
• 3:51:02
  Speaker 3: When once you have had a taste of ruling, you
• 3:51:04
  Speaker 3: will never leave up licking your fingers. You will find
• 3:51:07
  Speaker 3: it so sweet to command and so pleasant to be obeyed. Indeed,
• 3:51:11
  Speaker 3: it is a dainty thing to command, said Sancho. I
• 3:51:16
  Speaker 3: know it, for I once commanded a flock of sheep. Well,
• 3:51:20
  Speaker 3: I hope you will be as good a governor as
• 3:51:22
  Speaker 3: you are a shepherd, said the Duke. Now get ready
• 3:51:26
  Speaker 3: to set out for your island tomorrow morning. My servants
• 3:51:29
  Speaker 3: will furnish you with dress suitable to your high office.
• 3:51:34
  Speaker 3: Let them dress me as they will. I'll be Sancho Panza, still,
• 3:51:38
  Speaker 3: answered the squire. When Don Quixote heard that Sancho was
• 3:51:42
  Speaker 3: to leave for his island in the morning, he sat
• 3:51:45
  Speaker 3: down with them and gave him a great deal of
• 3:51:48
  Speaker 3: good advice. Among a thousand other things. He said, First
• 3:51:53
  Speaker 3: of all, fear God, for the fear of Him is wisdom. Second,
• 3:51:59
  Speaker 3: make it thy thy business to know thyself. Pride thyself
• 3:52:03
  Speaker 3: more on being humble and virtuous than proud and vicious.
• 3:52:08
  Speaker 3: Despise not thy poor relations, that the tears of the
• 3:52:13
  Speaker 3: poor find more compassion than the testimony of the rich.
• 3:52:18
  Speaker 3: Revile not with words him whom thou hast to punish, Indeed,
• 3:52:24
  Speaker 3: in the trial of a criminal, remember the temptations of
• 3:52:27
  Speaker 3: our depraved nature, and show thyself full of pity and mercy.
• 3:52:33
  Speaker 3: As to the governments of thy person, my first command
• 3:52:37
  Speaker 3: is cleanliness. Pare thy nails, keep thy clothes well fitted
• 3:52:42
  Speaker 3: about thee defile not thy breath with onions and garlic.
• 3:52:47
  Speaker 3: Walk softly, speak with deliberation, to drink moderately, be careful
• 3:52:54
  Speaker 3: not to chew on both sides. Sleep with moderation. For
• 3:53:00
  Speaker 3: thy dress, wear long hose, in ample coat, and a
• 3:53:04
  Speaker 3: cloak a little longer. Lastly, do not overlaw thy discourse
• 3:53:10
  Speaker 3: with proverbs, as thou art wont to do. Sancho listened
• 3:53:16
  Speaker 3: quietly to all this advice, and promised that he would
• 3:53:19
  Speaker 3: observe as much of it as he could remember. But
• 3:53:22
  Speaker 3: please let me have it all in black and white,
• 3:53:25
  Speaker 3: he said, for my memory is poor. True, I can
• 3:53:30
  Speaker 3: neither write nor read, but I will give it to
• 3:53:32
  Speaker 3: the priests of my island and tell him to hammer
• 3:53:35
  Speaker 3: it into me as often as I need it. Oh
• 3:53:39
  Speaker 3: thinner that I am, cried Don Quixote, How scandalous it
• 3:53:44
  Speaker 3: is that a governor should not be able to read
• 3:53:46
  Speaker 3: or write. I would have thee at least learned to
• 3:53:50
  Speaker 3: write thy name. Oh I can write my name, answered Sancho.
• 3:53:55
  Speaker 3: I used to scrawl of sort of letters, and they
• 3:53:58
  Speaker 3: told me it was my name. Besides, I can pretend
• 3:54:02
  Speaker 3: that I've hurt my hand and hit somebody else to
• 3:54:05
  Speaker 3: sign for me, For there isn't remedy for all things
• 3:54:08
  Speaker 3: wet death. Let them that bite me to my face,
• 3:54:11
  Speaker 3: I will bite back the biters. Let them come for
• 3:54:14
  Speaker 3: wool and go home shorn. The rich man's follies pass
• 3:54:18
  Speaker 3: for wise sayings. What a man has so much as
• 3:54:22
  Speaker 3: he work, said my grandmother. Enough enough, said Don Quixote.
• 3:54:29
  Speaker 3: We have had enough of your proverbs. They will make
• 3:54:32
  Speaker 3: your islanders plot against you and pull you down. For
• 3:54:37
  Speaker 3: pity's sake, Master, said Sancho, don't grudge me the use
• 3:54:41
  Speaker 3: of my own goods. Proverbs are my stock. Whether the
• 3:54:46
  Speaker 3: pitcher hit the stone or the stone hit the pitcher,
• 3:54:49
  Speaker 3: it is bad for the pitcher. Well, Sancho answered, don Quixote,
• 3:54:55
  Speaker 3: you have a good disposition and you mean well, so
• 3:54:59
  Speaker 3: let us go to dinner. The very next day, Sancho
• 3:55:03
  Speaker 3: set out for his island. He was dressed in fine
• 3:55:07
  Speaker 3: clothes and rode a tall mule in gaudy trappings. Behind
• 3:55:12
  Speaker 3: him was led his own donkey, adorned like the horse
• 3:55:16
  Speaker 3: of state. He kissed the hands of the Duke and
• 3:55:19
  Speaker 3: Duchess and bowed his head to receive his master's blessing.
• 3:55:24
  Speaker 3: Then he rode cheerfully away with a great train of servants,
• 3:55:28
  Speaker 3: every one of whom had been told how to behave
• 3:55:31
  Speaker 3: towards him. It was not a long journey. Soon they
• 3:55:35
  Speaker 3: came to a little town which belonged to the Duke,
• 3:55:38
  Speaker 3: and Sancho was told that it was his island. Its
• 3:55:42
  Speaker 3: name was Barataria. At the gates of the town, he
• 3:55:46
  Speaker 3: was met by the chief officers. The bells rang and
• 3:55:50
  Speaker 3: the people shouted their joy. Then he was led to
• 3:55:54
  Speaker 3: the church and the keys of the town were put
• 3:55:57
  Speaker 3: in his hands. Hail to our our noble governor, shouted
• 3:56:02
  Speaker 3: young and old, and Sancho began to feel very much elated.
• 3:56:07
  Speaker 3: He was so short and fat, and he looked so
• 3:56:10
  Speaker 3: funny in his fine clothes that all who did not
• 3:56:14
  Speaker 3: know that it was one of the Duke's jokes, were
• 3:56:16
  Speaker 3: puzzled to think what kind of man he was. But
• 3:56:20
  Speaker 3: still they shouted hail to our lord, Don Sancho Panza.
• 3:56:26
  Speaker 3: Sancho turned to his secretary and asked, whom do they
• 3:56:30
  Speaker 3: call Don Sancho Panza. Why, your lordship yourself, answered the secretary. Well, friend,
• 3:56:39
  Speaker 3: said Sancho, take notice that Don does not belong to me.
• 3:56:43
  Speaker 3: Plain Sancho Panza is my name, my father and my grandfather,
• 3:56:48
  Speaker 3: and all of us have been playing panzas without any
• 3:56:52
  Speaker 3: dons or Donna's added. Now, I guess the dons are
• 3:56:56
  Speaker 3: thickest stones on this island. But if my government lest
• 3:57:00
  Speaker 3: four days all clear them out like so many flies
• 3:57:05
  Speaker 3: from the church, Sancho was taken with much ceremony to
• 3:57:09
  Speaker 3: the Hall of Justice. There he was set in a
• 3:57:12
  Speaker 3: great chair, and all he wished to appeal to him
• 3:57:15
  Speaker 3: for justice came and made their wants known. The first
• 3:57:20
  Speaker 3: who came were two men, one dressed like a country fellow,
• 3:57:24
  Speaker 3: the other like a tailor. My Lord Governor, said the tailor,
• 3:57:29
  Speaker 3: this farmer, and I have come to you to settle
• 3:57:32
  Speaker 3: a dispute between us. Yesterday, the farmer came into my
• 3:57:36
  Speaker 3: shop with a piece of cloth. He asked me if
• 3:57:40
  Speaker 3: there was enough of it to make a cap. I
• 3:57:43
  Speaker 3: measured the stuff and answered yes. Then he asked if
• 3:57:46
  Speaker 3: there was enough for two caps, and again I said yes.
• 3:57:51
  Speaker 3: At last I told him there were enough for five caps.
• 3:57:55
  Speaker 3: This morning he came for us caps. They were finished,
• 3:57:58
  Speaker 3: and I gave them to him. But he would not
• 3:58:01
  Speaker 3: pay me. He says, I must give him his cloth again,
• 3:58:04
  Speaker 3: or the price of it. Sancho turned to the farmer
• 3:58:08
  Speaker 3: and said, is this true, my friend? Yes, answered the men.
• 3:58:14
  Speaker 3: But let him show you the five caps he has
• 3:58:17
  Speaker 3: made with all my heart, said the tailor, And with
• 3:58:21
  Speaker 3: that he held up his hand, showing four tiny caps
• 3:58:25
  Speaker 3: on his fingers and one on his thumb. There, he said,
• 3:58:31
  Speaker 3: you see the five caps he asked for, and I
• 3:58:34
  Speaker 3: had not a sniff of cloth left. Everybody in the
• 3:58:37
  Speaker 3: room laughed to see the number of caps and their smallness.
• 3:58:42
  Speaker 3: Sancho put his hand to his chin and thought for
• 3:58:45
  Speaker 3: a little while. Then he said, it is the judgment
• 3:58:49
  Speaker 3: of this court that the tailor shall lose his making,
• 3:58:52
  Speaker 3: and the farmer his cloth. The caps shall be given
• 3:58:55
  Speaker 3: to the prisoners in jail, and that ends the whole matter.
• 3:59:00
  Speaker 3: Who heard this decision were pleased because of its justness.
• 3:59:04
  Speaker 3: Two old men next came before the governor. One of
• 3:59:09
  Speaker 3: them carried a cane, but he used to help him along.
• 3:59:13
  Speaker 3: My lord, said the other man. Some time ago, I
• 3:59:17
  Speaker 3: lent this good man ten gold crowns. I did it
• 3:59:21
  Speaker 3: as an act of kindness, and he was to repay
• 3:59:24
  Speaker 3: me whenever I asked him. I did not demand it
• 3:59:27
  Speaker 3: for a long time, but since he seemed so careless
• 3:59:31
  Speaker 3: about it, I at last sent to him that I
• 3:59:34
  Speaker 3: want him the money. What do you think He not
• 3:59:37
  Speaker 3: only refuses to pay me, but he says I never
• 3:59:40
  Speaker 3: lent him the money, or if I did, he returned it.
• 3:59:44
  Speaker 3: I have no witnesses, but I beg you to put
• 3:59:47
  Speaker 3: him on his oaths. If he will swear that he
• 3:59:50
  Speaker 3: has paid me, I will forgive him. Old man of
• 3:59:53
  Speaker 3: the staff, said Sancho, what say you to this? Sir?
• 3:59:58
  Speaker 3: Answered the old man, I owe that he lent me
• 4:00:02
  Speaker 3: the money, and if he will hold out your rod
• 4:00:05
  Speaker 3: of office, I will swear upon it that I have
• 4:00:08
  Speaker 3: returned it and full Sancho held out the rod. The
• 4:00:13
  Speaker 3: old man handed his staff to the other man to
• 4:00:16
  Speaker 3: hold while he took the oath. Then he put his
• 4:00:19
  Speaker 3: hands on the cross of the governor's rod and swore
• 4:00:23
  Speaker 3: that it was true that the other had lent him
• 4:00:25
  Speaker 3: the money, but that he had returned the same sum
• 4:00:28
  Speaker 3: into his hands. Sancho turned to the other man and asked,
• 4:00:34
  Speaker 3: what do you say to that, well, said the poor man.
• 4:00:38
  Speaker 3: My neighbor is a good Christian, and I don't believe
• 4:00:42
  Speaker 3: he would swear falsely. Perhaps I have forgotten when and
• 4:00:46
  Speaker 3: how he repaid me. Then the owner of the staff
• 4:00:50
  Speaker 3: took his stick, and the two men left the court.
• 4:00:53
  Speaker 3: Sancho leaned his head over his breast. He put his
• 4:00:57
  Speaker 3: forefinger on his eyebrows and sat for a time. Then
• 4:01:02
  Speaker 3: he suddenly said, where is that man with the staff?
• 4:01:06
  Speaker 3: Bring it back to me. Instantly soon both men were
• 4:01:10
  Speaker 3: again brought before him. Good man, he said to the
• 4:01:14
  Speaker 3: one with the staff, let me see your cane.
• 4:01:17
  Speaker 2: I have used for it.
• 4:01:19
  Speaker 3: Certainly, sir, here it is, answered the man. Sancho took
• 4:01:25
  Speaker 3: the staff and immediately gave it to the other man.
• 4:01:28
  Speaker 3: There he said, go your way in peace, for now
• 4:01:32
  Speaker 3: you are paid. How so, my lord, cried the man.
• 4:01:37
  Speaker 3: Is this cane worth ten gold crowns? Well, if it
• 4:01:41
  Speaker 3: is not, then I am the greatest fool in the world,
• 4:01:45
  Speaker 3: said Sancho. If you will but return the cane to
• 4:01:48
  Speaker 3: me for a moment, you shall see with your own eyes.
• 4:01:53
  Speaker 3: He took the staff between his hands and broken in two,
• 4:01:56
  Speaker 3: and out fell the ten gold crowns. Everybody in the
• 4:02:00
  Speaker 3: court was amazed. They began to think that Sancho was
• 4:02:04
  Speaker 3: a second Solomon whose wisdom was past finding out. The
• 4:02:09
  Speaker 3: truth was, however, that Sancho had once heard of the
• 4:02:13
  Speaker 3: same kind of trick being played in a distant town.
• 4:02:17
  Speaker 3: It was an old story, but unknown in Barrataria. The
• 4:02:21
  Speaker 3: end of the matter was that one old man went
• 4:02:23
  Speaker 3: away very much ashamed, and the other returned home well satisfied. Thus,
• 4:02:30
  Speaker 3: one case after another was brought before the governor, and
• 4:02:34
  Speaker 3: he gave such wise judgment that the people wondered how
• 4:02:37
  Speaker 3: such wisdom could be contained in a little round head
• 4:02:40
  Speaker 3: like his. And yet, with all the intention that was
• 4:02:44
  Speaker 3: shown him, Sancho was not happy in his island. He
• 4:02:48
  Speaker 3: was never allowed to eat a good meal, for the
• 4:02:51
  Speaker 3: doctor always stood by and refused to let him touch
• 4:02:54
  Speaker 3: anything that would hurt his digestion. He could not even
• 4:02:57
  Speaker 3: eat roast partridge a while. It was set on the
• 4:03:00
  Speaker 3: table before him, and was, of all the things the dish,
• 4:03:04
  Speaker 3: which he liked best. He was wearied too, with all
• 4:03:09
  Speaker 3: the tedious ceremonies at court. His fine clothes were irksome,
• 4:03:14
  Speaker 3: his night's sleep was broken into by the cares of state.
• 4:03:18
  Speaker 3: And then at last there came a dreadful letter from
• 4:03:21
  Speaker 3: the Duke. The letter was full of warnings. Some enemies,
• 4:03:26
  Speaker 3: it said, were marching across the island. Four men had
• 4:03:30
  Speaker 3: gone into the town from the purpose of killing the governor.
• 4:03:34
  Speaker 3: The Duke therefore advised Sancho to be careful and not
• 4:03:38
  Speaker 3: eat anything that was set before him, lest he should
• 4:03:41
  Speaker 3: be poisoned. All this was a part of the Duke's
• 4:03:45
  Speaker 3: great joke, and it frightened Sancho Panza terribly. Seven days
• 4:03:50
  Speaker 3: had passed since he came to Barrataria. He had had
• 4:03:54
  Speaker 3: no rest, He was tired and hungry. It was very
• 4:03:58
  Speaker 3: late when he was at last to go to bed.
• 4:04:01
  Speaker 3: He was just dropping off to sleep when he heard
• 4:04:04
  Speaker 3: a great noise in the street. He was alarmed and
• 4:04:08
  Speaker 3: jumped up to see what was the matter. Bells were ringing,
• 4:04:12
  Speaker 3: drums were beating, men were shouting. Sancho trembled with fear.
• 4:04:18
  Speaker 3: He put on his slippers and hurried to the door.
• 4:04:21
  Speaker 3: Several men with torches and drawn swords came running up.
• 4:04:25
  Speaker 3: They shouted, arm arm Lord Governor, the enemy had gotten
• 4:04:30
  Speaker 3: to the island. Come and lead us against them. We
• 4:04:33
  Speaker 3: have arms for you. Why an army? And who had
• 4:04:37
  Speaker 3: luck to us?
• 4:04:37
  Speaker 2: All?
• 4:04:38
  Speaker 3: Said Sancho, trying to be very brave. They brought two
• 4:04:42
  Speaker 3: shields and put them over his shirt, one behind and
• 4:04:46
  Speaker 3: one before. They fastened these shields together with cords drawn
• 4:04:50
  Speaker 3: as tightly as possible. Then they put a spear in
• 4:04:53
  Speaker 3: his hand and said, lead on, now, Lord Governor. How
• 4:04:58
  Speaker 3: can I lead on when I am trust stuff like this,
• 4:05:01
  Speaker 3: asked Sancho, And indeed he looked much like a turtle
• 4:05:05
  Speaker 3: between two great jels. I cannot so much as bend
• 4:05:09
  Speaker 3: my legs, said he. You must carry me. Nonsense, my
• 4:05:14
  Speaker 3: Lord Governor, said one of the men. It is fear
• 4:05:17
  Speaker 3: that keeps you from moving. Lead on, for the danger
• 4:05:21
  Speaker 3: is greater every minute. Poor Sancho tried to walk, but
• 4:05:25
  Speaker 3: he fell to the floor with such a crash that
• 4:05:28
  Speaker 3: he thought himself broken to pieces. He lay there, helpless
• 4:05:32
  Speaker 3: and praying for deliverance. Suddenly all the lights went out.
• 4:05:37
  Speaker 3: He could hear a man fighting all around. Some tripped
• 4:05:40
  Speaker 3: on him, some stood on him and shouted. He was
• 4:05:44
  Speaker 3: never so frightened in his life. Oh, that this island
• 4:05:48
  Speaker 3: were taken, he moaned, or that I were dead and
• 4:05:52
  Speaker 3: out of this trouble. Then he heard shouts of victory, victory,
• 4:05:58
  Speaker 3: Where is our lord? Governor Sancho could only cry in
• 4:06:02
  Speaker 3: a weak voice, here I am, help me up. His
• 4:06:07
  Speaker 3: shields were taken off, and he was carried into his chamber.
• 4:06:11
  Speaker 3: There he fell back on his bed in a dead swoon,
• 4:06:15
  Speaker 3: and those who had been playing the stoke upon him
• 4:06:18
  Speaker 3: became really frightened by and by however, he began to
• 4:06:23
  Speaker 3: come to himself. What time is it? He asked? It
• 4:06:27
  Speaker 3: is near daybreak, they answered. He spoke not again, but
• 4:06:32
  Speaker 3: very quietly began to put on his clothes. When he
• 4:06:36
  Speaker 3: was dressed, he went out, slowly and feebly, for he
• 4:06:40
  Speaker 3: was too much s bruised to move fast. He went
• 4:06:43
  Speaker 3: to the stable and found the stall where his donkey
• 4:06:46
  Speaker 3: was standing. He flung his arms around the beast's neck
• 4:06:50
  Speaker 3: and kissed him. Oh, my dear chappel, he said, while
• 4:06:55
  Speaker 3: tears fell from his eyes, my faithful companion, my best friend.
• 4:07:01
  Speaker 3: When all my cares were only to feed thy little body,
• 4:07:04
  Speaker 3: my hours, my days, my years were happy. But since
• 4:07:09
  Speaker 3: I've clambered up upon the towers of ambition, I have
• 4:07:12
  Speaker 3: a thousand woes, a thousand toils, and four thousand tribulations.
• 4:07:18
  Speaker 3: While he was talking, he bridled and saddled the donkey.
• 4:07:22
  Speaker 3: Then he slowly got upon him and took hold of
• 4:07:24
  Speaker 3: the reins. Make way, gentlemen, he cried to those who
• 4:07:29
  Speaker 3: were standing around, Let me return to liberty. I was
• 4:07:33
  Speaker 3: not born to be a governor or to defend islands.
• 4:07:37
  Speaker 3: May Heaven bless you, my good people. Tell my Lord
• 4:07:41
  Speaker 3: Duke that I had either won nor lost. For I
• 4:07:44
  Speaker 3: came into this island without a penny, and without a penny.
• 4:07:48
  Speaker 3: I leave it clear the way then, and let me go,
• 4:07:52
  Speaker 3: so saying, he tripped to this donkey and rode slowly
• 4:07:55
  Speaker 3: away to rejoin his master don Quixote. Everybody he appeared
• 4:08:00
  Speaker 3: to be astonished. When he finally arrived at the Duke's castle.
• 4:08:04
  Speaker 3: He had all welcomed him kindly and heartily, and listened
• 4:08:08
  Speaker 3: to his story of what had happened to him. It
• 4:08:11
  Speaker 3: is now eight days since I began to govern the
• 4:08:14
  Speaker 3: island that was given to me, he said. In all
• 4:08:18
  Speaker 3: that time I never had enough to eat. I had
• 4:08:21
  Speaker 3: no leisure, either to take bribes or to receive what
• 4:08:25
  Speaker 3: were my just dos. Enemies trambled over my bones. My
• 4:08:30
  Speaker 3: life was a burden. But man proposes, and God disposes.
• 4:08:36
  Speaker 3: Heaven knows what is best for us.
• 4:08:37
  Speaker 2: All.
• 4:08:38
  Speaker 3: Let no man say I will not drink of this water.
• 4:08:42
  Speaker 3: I say no more. Never mind, Sancho, Never mind, said
• 4:08:47
  Speaker 3: Don Quixote. If a governor returns rich from his government,
• 4:08:52
  Speaker 3: they say he has robbed. If he returns poor, then
• 4:08:56
  Speaker 3: they call him a doolittle. But if thy conscience is clear,
• 4:09:00
  Speaker 3: thou hast nothing to fear, yes, said Sancho. But this
• 4:09:05
  Speaker 3: time they will be likelier to call me an idiot
• 4:09:08
  Speaker 3: than a robber. End of Chapter twenty.
• 4:09:13
  Speaker 4: Five, Chapter twenty six, The Innkeeper of Saragosa. One morning,
• 4:09:21
  Speaker 4: towards the end of summer, don Quixote surprised the Duke
• 4:09:24
  Speaker 4: by calling for his armor and his steed. My Lord Duke,
• 4:09:28
  Speaker 4: I must away to seek new adventures, he said, I
• 4:09:32
  Speaker 4: cannot tarry here any longer. But has not your stay
• 4:09:36
  Speaker 4: with us been agreeable to you? Asked the Duke, why
• 4:09:39
  Speaker 4: should you wish to leave us? You have indeed been kind,
• 4:09:42
  Speaker 4: and I thank you for it, answered the Knight. But
• 4:09:45
  Speaker 4: it is wrong to linger here among the dainties and
• 4:09:47
  Speaker 4: delights which you have provided, while there are so many
• 4:09:50
  Speaker 4: things in the world that need doing. I shall have
• 4:09:52
  Speaker 4: to give an account for all these idle days. So,
• 4:09:56
  Speaker 4: bidding the Duke and Duchess a kind farewell, he mounted
• 4:09:59
  Speaker 4: his steed and rode away towards Saragossa, and Sancho on
• 4:10:03
  Speaker 4: his dappled donkey, followed him. As before, time would fail
• 4:10:07
  Speaker 4: me to tell of the many happenings on the road.
• 4:10:09
  Speaker 4: They traveled leisurely along, making no plans, and letting each
• 4:10:13
  Speaker 4: day an hour take care of itself. Yet the night
• 4:10:16
  Speaker 4: was ever on the alert for some new adventure. One
• 4:10:19
  Speaker 4: evening they arrived at an inn on the outskirts of
• 4:10:22
  Speaker 4: the city, feeling very tired and hungry. The innkeeper met
• 4:10:25
  Speaker 4: them at the door. Have you lodgings for two weary
• 4:10:29
  Speaker 4: travelers and their beasts, asked Sancho. Yes, answered the innkeeper.
• 4:10:33
  Speaker 4: There are no better lodgings in Saragosa. So they alighted.
• 4:10:37
  Speaker 4: Sancho led the beasts to the stable and gave them
• 4:10:40
  Speaker 4: their food. Then he returned to the house to wait
• 4:10:43
  Speaker 4: on his master. What have you for supper, my good host,
• 4:10:47
  Speaker 4: he asked. You may measure your mouth and ask for
• 4:10:50
  Speaker 4: anything you like, said the innkeeper. Here you will find
• 4:10:53
  Speaker 4: everything in abundance, fowls of the air, birds of the earth,
• 4:10:57
  Speaker 4: and fishes of the sea. Well, said san If you
• 4:11:00
  Speaker 4: will roast a couple of chickens for us, it will
• 4:11:02
  Speaker 4: be enough. My master eats but little, and I am
• 4:11:05
  Speaker 4: not a glutton. I'm sorry, said the innkeeper, but I
• 4:11:08
  Speaker 4: have not a single chicken left. The hawks have carried
• 4:11:11
  Speaker 4: them all away. Why then, if that is the case,
• 4:11:14
  Speaker 4: you may roast us a duck, said Sancho. A duck, sir,
• 4:11:18
  Speaker 4: cried the innkeeper. I sent fifty to the market yesterday,
• 4:11:22
  Speaker 4: and there is not another one. But aside from ducks
• 4:11:25
  Speaker 4: and chickens, ask for anything you like, well, said Sancho,
• 4:11:28
  Speaker 4: A little veal or boiled kid would taste quite good.
• 4:11:32
  Speaker 4: Next week, my friend, we shall have plenty of both,
• 4:11:34
  Speaker 4: said the host. But now we are just out of
• 4:11:36
  Speaker 4: such meats. Bring on some fried eggs and bacon. Then,
• 4:11:40
  Speaker 4: said Sancho. Oh you are a good one at guessing,
• 4:11:43
  Speaker 4: cried the host. But I told you that I had
• 4:11:45
  Speaker 4: neither chickens nor ducks, So how can I have eggs?
• 4:11:48
  Speaker 2: Oh?
• 4:11:48
  Speaker 4: Bother, said Sancho, losing his patience. Have done with your ramblings,
• 4:11:52
  Speaker 4: mister landlord, and tell me just what you have. I
• 4:11:55
  Speaker 4: will do so, answered the innkeeper. What I really have
• 4:11:59
  Speaker 4: is nothing more less than a pair of cow heels
• 4:12:02
  Speaker 4: dressed with beans, onions and bacon. And all these are
• 4:12:05
  Speaker 4: cooked to a turn, and even now crying eat me,
• 4:12:08
  Speaker 4: eat me, I set my mark on them this minute,
• 4:12:11
  Speaker 4: said Sancho. Let nobody else touch them. Nobody else will
• 4:12:14
  Speaker 4: wish to touch them, said the innkeeper, For all the
• 4:12:16
  Speaker 4: other guests are of such quality that they take their
• 4:12:19
  Speaker 4: cook and their larder with them. As for quality, cried Sancho,
• 4:12:23
  Speaker 4: my master is as good as the best, but his
• 4:12:26
  Speaker 4: profession doesn't allow him to carry a pantry wherever he goes. Presently,
• 4:12:31
  Speaker 4: the host brought in the kettle, and they all sat
• 4:12:33
  Speaker 4: down to a supper of cows heel and onions. The
• 4:12:36
  Speaker 4: knight and his squire were used to rough fare, and
• 4:12:39
  Speaker 4: they had learned to take things as they found them.
• 4:12:41
  Speaker 4: They rested well that night, and in the morning set
• 4:12:44
  Speaker 4: forth again upon their travels. But now instead of going
• 4:12:47
  Speaker 4: to Saragossa, they took another road and journeyed on to Barcelona.
• 4:12:52
  Speaker 4: The fame of don Quixote had gone before him, and
• 4:12:55
  Speaker 4: at Barcelona there were those who gladly received him and
• 4:12:58
  Speaker 4: entertained him. And so they spent some days in that
• 4:13:01
  Speaker 4: great city, looking at its wonders, and most of all
• 4:13:04
  Speaker 4: at the sea, which neither of them had ever before beheld.
• 4:13:10
  Speaker 4: End of Chapter twenty six. Chapter twenty seven, The Night
• 4:13:14
  Speaker 4: of the White Moon. One morning, don Quixote, fully armed,
• 4:13:20
  Speaker 4: rode out to the seashore to take the air. He
• 4:13:23
  Speaker 4: felt very brave and was in fine fighting humor. Arms,
• 4:13:27
  Speaker 4: he said, are my best attire, and combat is my
• 4:13:31
  Speaker 4: meat and drink. Suddenly he saw a strange knight riding
• 4:13:35
  Speaker 4: towards him. The knight was armed from head to foot,
• 4:13:39
  Speaker 4: and on his shield a bright moon was painted. As
• 4:13:42
  Speaker 4: soon as he was within hearing, he called out, most illustrious,
• 4:13:46
  Speaker 4: most valorous, don Quixote de la Mancha. I am the
• 4:13:49
  Speaker 4: Knight of the White Moon. I have come to enter
• 4:13:52
  Speaker 4: into combat with thee I have come to make THEE
• 4:13:56
  Speaker 4: confess that my lady, whoever she may be, is more
• 4:14:00
  Speaker 4: more beautiful by far than thy Dulcinea del Toboso. That
• 4:14:05
  Speaker 4: I will never confess, answered don Quixote. But I will
• 4:14:08
  Speaker 4: force THEE to confess the contrary. Thou hast never seen
• 4:14:11
  Speaker 4: the illustrious Dulcinea. If thou hadst the sight of her,
• 4:14:15
  Speaker 4: would have made THEE know that there is no beauty
• 4:14:18
  Speaker 4: like unto hers. I challenge you to prove it in
• 4:14:21
  Speaker 4: fair combat, cried the Knight of the White Moon. If
• 4:14:24
  Speaker 4: I vanquish you, I shall require you to go to
• 4:14:27
  Speaker 4: your home and for the space of one year, give
• 4:14:30
  Speaker 4: up your arms and your knight errantry, and live there
• 4:14:33
  Speaker 4: in peace and quiet. But what do you agree to
• 4:14:36
  Speaker 4: do if I shall vanquish you, said don Quixote. I
• 4:14:39
  Speaker 4: agree that my head shall be at your disposal, answered
• 4:14:42
  Speaker 4: the Knight. My horse and arms shall be your spoils,
• 4:14:45
  Speaker 4: and the fame of my deeds shall be added to
• 4:14:48
  Speaker 4: that of your own achievements. I accept your challenge, said
• 4:14:51
  Speaker 4: don Quixote, and will faithfully comply with all its conditions.
• 4:14:55
  Speaker 4: But I am content with the fame of my own
• 4:14:58
  Speaker 4: deeds and do not wish to assume yours. Choose whichever
• 4:15:02
  Speaker 4: side of the field you prefer, and let us settle
• 4:15:04
  Speaker 4: this business at once. The two knights turned their horses
• 4:15:08
  Speaker 4: and rode apart some distance. Then they again faced each other.
• 4:15:13
  Speaker 4: The next moment, without waiting for any signal, they made
• 4:15:16
  Speaker 4: the onset. The White Moon's steed was much swifter than Rosinante,
• 4:15:22
  Speaker 4: and he thundered down upon don Quixote, ere he had
• 4:15:25
  Speaker 4: run one third of the distance. Our knight had no
• 4:15:28
  Speaker 4: time to use his spear. The stranger struck him with
• 4:15:31
  Speaker 4: such force that both he and his steed were hurled
• 4:15:34
  Speaker 4: helpless to the ground. Quickly the White Moon dismounted. He
• 4:15:39
  Speaker 4: held his spear at Don Quixote's throat and cried, yield, knight,
• 4:15:43
  Speaker 4: fulfill the conditions of our challenge, or your life is forfeit.
• 4:15:48
  Speaker 4: Don Quixote was bruised and stunned, but he answered, in
• 4:15:52
  Speaker 4: a faint and feeble voice. I maintain that Dulcinea del
• 4:15:57
  Speaker 4: Toboso is the most beautiful lady in the world, and
• 4:16:02
  Speaker 4: I am the most unfortunate knight. Press on thy spear
• 4:16:07
  Speaker 4: and rid me of life. That I will not do,
• 4:16:11
  Speaker 4: said he of the White Moon. I will not dispute
• 4:16:14
  Speaker 4: the fame of the beautiful Dulcinea. I shall be satisfied
• 4:16:18
  Speaker 4: if the great don Quixote will only return to his
• 4:16:21
  Speaker 4: home for a year, as was agreed to in our challenge.
• 4:16:25
  Speaker 4: Very well, answered don Quixote, since you require nothing that
• 4:16:29
  Speaker 4: will tarnish the fame of the lady Dulcinea, I will
• 4:16:33
  Speaker 4: do all the rest as you desire. They lifted don
• 4:16:36
  Speaker 4: Quixote from the ground and uncovered his face. He was
• 4:16:40
  Speaker 4: very pale and weak. Rosinante still lay in the sand,
• 4:16:44
  Speaker 4: unable to rise. As for Sancho Panza, he was so
• 4:16:49
  Speaker 4: sad and dismayed that he did not know what to do.
• 4:16:52
  Speaker 4: The Knight of the White Moon galloped away toward the city,
• 4:16:56
  Speaker 4: and some of those who had seen the combat followed him.
• 4:16:59
  Speaker 4: They asked him who he was and why he had
• 4:17:01
  Speaker 4: dealt so roughly with the famous but harmless Don Quixote.
• 4:17:06
  Speaker 4: My name is Samson Carrasco, said the Knight, and I
• 4:17:09
  Speaker 4: am a friend and near neighbor of Don Quixote. All
• 4:17:13
  Speaker 4: that I wished in this combat was not to harm
• 4:17:15
  Speaker 4: my friend, but to make him promise to return home.
• 4:17:19
  Speaker 4: I think that if he can be induced to rest
• 4:17:21
  Speaker 4: there quietly for a year. This madness about knight Errantry
• 4:17:26
  Speaker 4: will be cured. It was indeed Samson Carrasco, the same
• 4:17:30
  Speaker 4: who once before as the Knight of the Mirrors, had
• 4:17:33
  Speaker 4: tried to cure his friend of his folly, but had failed.
• 4:17:38
  Speaker 4: End of Chapter twenty.
• 4:17:39
  Speaker 3: Seven, Chapter twenty eight, the last adventure of all. For
• 4:17:46
  Speaker 3: six days, don Quixote lay in bed, sullen and sorrowful
• 4:17:51
  Speaker 3: because of his overthrow, And all this time Sancho Panza
• 4:17:55
  Speaker 3: set beside him and tried to comfort him. My master,
• 4:18:00
  Speaker 3: he said, pluck up your head and be of good
• 4:18:03
  Speaker 3: cheer if you can let us go home and quit
• 4:18:06
  Speaker 3: seeking adventures in lands and places we do not know.
• 4:18:10
  Speaker 3: And if you will only think I am the one
• 4:18:13
  Speaker 3: who loses most, though it is you that are in
• 4:18:16
  Speaker 3: the worst pickle. The squire's cheerful words gave fresh hope
• 4:18:20
  Speaker 3: to the Knight. Gradually his courage came back to him,
• 4:18:24
  Speaker 3: and at length the two bade good bye to Barcelona
• 4:18:28
  Speaker 3: and started for home. Don Quixote rode on Rosonante. He
• 4:18:33
  Speaker 3: was unarmed and clad in a traveling coat. Sancho followed
• 4:18:38
  Speaker 3: him on foot, leading his donkey, which was laden with
• 4:18:42
  Speaker 3: don Quixote's armor. I should not have been defeated had
• 4:18:46
  Speaker 3: it not been for Rosonante's weakness, said the Knight. They
• 4:18:51
  Speaker 3: traveled for many days with their faces turned steadfastly towards
• 4:18:56
  Speaker 3: La Mancha, but their steeds made slow progress, and they
• 4:19:00
  Speaker 3: stopped often by the way. At length, they got to
• 4:19:04
  Speaker 3: the top of a hill from which they could see
• 4:19:07
  Speaker 3: their own, peaceful little village lying in the green valley below.
• 4:19:12
  Speaker 3: At this sight, Sancho fell upon his knees and cried out, Oh,
• 4:19:17
  Speaker 3: thou long wished for village, Open thy eyes and behold
• 4:19:22
  Speaker 3: thy child, Sancho Panza. He has come back to thee again,
• 4:19:27
  Speaker 3: not very rich, yet very well flogged o village, Open
• 4:19:32
  Speaker 3: thy arms and receive thy son, don Quixote. While he
• 4:19:36
  Speaker 3: has been vanquished by others, he has gained the victory
• 4:19:40
  Speaker 3: over himself, and that is the best of all victories.
• 4:19:44
  Speaker 3: Hush your prattle, said Don Quixote, and let us put
• 4:19:48
  Speaker 3: our best foot foremost to enter our village. So they
• 4:19:53
  Speaker 3: went down the hill and were soon met by their
• 4:19:55
  Speaker 3: old friends, the Curate, the barber, and faithful absent Carrasco.
• 4:20:01
  Speaker 3: Don Quixote delighted and embraced them all quite lovingly. I
• 4:20:07
  Speaker 3: have returned home for a year, he said, and I
• 4:20:11
  Speaker 3: have a mind to turn shepherd and enjoy the solitude
• 4:20:14
  Speaker 3: of the fields. If you have not much to do,
• 4:20:17
  Speaker 3: I shall be pleased to have you for my companions.
• 4:20:21
  Speaker 3: They answered humpleasantly, and then, surrounded by a troop of boys,
• 4:20:26
  Speaker 3: they made their way to Don Quixote's house. The housekeeper
• 4:20:30
  Speaker 3: and the niece were at the door to welcome the wanderer.
• 4:20:34
  Speaker 3: My dear niece, he said, I have come home for
• 4:20:38
  Speaker 3: a little while. I think that I shall soon leave
• 4:20:41
  Speaker 3: you again to live the simple life of a shepherd.
• 4:20:45
  Speaker 3: But help me to bed now, for it seems to
• 4:20:48
  Speaker 3: me that I am not very well. They led him
• 4:20:52
  Speaker 3: in and made him as comfortable as they could. They
• 4:20:55
  Speaker 3: cared most lovingly for him day and night, but all
• 4:20:59
  Speaker 3: the strength seemed to have gone from his poor body.
• 4:21:02
  Speaker 3: The curates, the barber, and Samson Carrasco came often to
• 4:21:06
  Speaker 3: see him. His good squire Sancho Panza, sat all the
• 4:21:11
  Speaker 3: time by his bedside, but in spite of every care,
• 4:21:15
  Speaker 3: he steadily grew more feeble. On the sixth day, the
• 4:21:20
  Speaker 3: doctor told him that he was in danger and might
• 4:21:23
  Speaker 3: not live long, don Quixote asked him to leave him
• 4:21:26
  Speaker 3: alone a little while, for he thought that he could sleep.
• 4:21:30
  Speaker 3: They went out of the room. He soon fell into
• 4:21:33
  Speaker 3: a deep slumber, and lay so still, with such a
• 4:21:37
  Speaker 3: look of peace upon his face, that they thought he
• 4:21:40
  Speaker 3: would never wake in this world. At the end of
• 4:21:44
  Speaker 3: six hours, however, he opened his eyes and cried out,
• 4:21:48
  Speaker 3: blessed be Almighty God, who has done me so much good.
• 4:21:53
  Speaker 3: His mercies are without And then they saw that his
• 4:21:57
  Speaker 3: madness had left, and that his mind and was clear
• 4:22:00
  Speaker 3: and bright. Send from my good friends, the curate and
• 4:22:04
  Speaker 3: the barber, and Sampson Carrasco, he said, for I am
• 4:22:08
  Speaker 3: at the point of death, and I would make my will.
• 4:22:11
  Speaker 3: But these gentlemen had all the time been waiting at
• 4:22:15
  Speaker 3: the door, and now they entered the room. Don Quixote
• 4:22:19
  Speaker 3: was overjoyed to see them. Welcome, my friends, He said,
• 4:22:24
  Speaker 3: I am no longer don Quixote de la Mancha, but
• 4:22:27
  Speaker 3: plain Alansa Kihanna, whom are townspeople used to call the good.
• 4:22:32
  Speaker 3: My mind is clear now, and I see the great
• 4:22:35
  Speaker 3: folly that I was led into through the reading of
• 4:22:38
  Speaker 3: foolish books, all those vulgar stories of knights and magicians
• 4:22:42
  Speaker 3: are hateful to me, and I abhor them. But now
• 4:22:46
  Speaker 3: send from my lawyer that he may draw up my will,
• 4:22:50
  Speaker 3: for my hours are numbered. He looked at one another wondering,
• 4:22:54
  Speaker 3: and Sampson Carrasco went to fetch the lawyer. The sick
• 4:22:58
  Speaker 3: man roused himself, and his face brightened when the man
• 4:23:02
  Speaker 3: of law came and sat down by his bedside. The
• 4:23:06
  Speaker 3: will was drawn up in due form. It was provided
• 4:23:09
  Speaker 3: that the small sum of money should be paid to
• 4:23:12
  Speaker 3: Sancho Panza for his good services, and that all the
• 4:23:16
  Speaker 3: rest of the estate should go to the niece. It
• 4:23:20
  Speaker 3: was signed by Alonzo Kihanna and witnessed by the curate
• 4:23:23
  Speaker 3: and the barber. Then the sick man fell back in
• 4:23:27
  Speaker 3: his bed and lay for three days without knowing anything
• 4:23:31
  Speaker 3: at all. In the afternoon of the third day, he
• 4:23:35
  Speaker 3: fell into a gentle sleep, from which he never awoke.
• 4:23:40
  Speaker 3: So ended the adventures of as good a man and
• 4:23:43
  Speaker 3: as brave as Spain has ever seen. End of chapter
• 4:23:49
  Speaker 3: twenty eight